Auto-commit of loaddefs files.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob9c5bb29c5904ff7d0ccd6f6e244ab27d98b341fd
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21291 53104
69 ;;;;;; 0 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21291 53104
89 ;;;;;; 0 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21291 53104
100 ;;;;;; 0 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
117 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
118 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
119 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
120 outside a function.")
122 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
125 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
126 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
131 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
132 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
133 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
134 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
135 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
140 Prompt for a change log name.
142 \(fn)" nil nil)
144 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
145 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
148 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
149 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
150 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
153 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
154 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
157 current buffer to the complete file name.
158 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
163 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
164 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
165 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
168 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
173 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
174 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
177 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
178 after a comma on an existing line.
180 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
181 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
182 the same person.
184 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
185 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
186 notices.
188 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
189 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
194 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
195 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
196 the change log file in another window.
198 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
201 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
202 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
203 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
204 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
205 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209 \(fn)" t nil)
211 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
212 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
215 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
218 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
219 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
220 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
221 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225 \(fn)" nil nil)
227 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
228 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
229 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
230 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
231 or a buffer.
233 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
234 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238 ;;;***
240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21291 53104
241 ;;;;;; 0 0))
242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
245 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
246 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
247 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
248 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
249 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
250 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
251 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
252 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
253 interpreted as `error'.")
255 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
258 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
259 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
260 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
261 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
262 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
263 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
264 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
269 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
274 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
279 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
282 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
283 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
284 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
285 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
288 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
289 the new one.
291 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
292 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
293 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
294 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
295 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
298 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
299 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
304 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
305 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
306 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
307 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
308 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
309 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
310 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
311 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
312 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
313 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
314 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
315 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
316 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
317 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
318 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
323 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
324 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
327 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
328 BODY...)
330 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
331 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
332 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
333 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
334 see also `ad-add-advice'.
335 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
336 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
337 before/around/after-advices will be used.
338 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
339 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
340 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
341 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
342 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
343 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345 Semantics of the various flags:
346 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
347 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
348 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
351 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
354 advised function should be compiled.
356 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
357 during activation until somebody enables it.
359 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
360 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
361 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
362 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
365 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
366 BODY...)
368 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374 ;;;***
376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21417 24123 550487 0))
377 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379 (autoload 'align "align" "\
380 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
381 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
382 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
383 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
384 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
385 rule's `separate' attribute).
387 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
388 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
389 `separate' attribute set.
391 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
392 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
393 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
394 on the format of these lists.
396 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
399 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
400 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
401 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
404 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406 Fred (123) 456-7890
407 Alice (123) 456-7890
408 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
409 Joe (123) 456-7890
411 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
412 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
413 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
416 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
417 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
418 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
419 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
422 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
423 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
424 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
425 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
426 throughout the line.
428 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
431 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
434 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
439 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
440 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
441 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
442 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
443 align that section.
445 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
448 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
449 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
450 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
451 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
452 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
453 been used to align that section.
455 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
458 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
460 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
461 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
462 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
463 to be colored.
465 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
468 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470 \(fn)" t nil)
472 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
473 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475 \(fn)" t nil)
477 ;;;***
479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
480 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
481 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
484 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
491 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
494 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
497 `allout-auto-activation'.
499 \(fn)" nil nil)
501 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
502 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
505 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
506 file variable `allout-layout'.
508 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
509 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
510 specified layout is applied.
512 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
513 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
516 Auto-layout is not.
518 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
555 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557 \(fn)" nil t)
559 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
560 Toggle Allout outline mode.
561 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
562 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
563 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
566 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
567 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
568 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
569 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
570 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
571 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
572 outline.)
574 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
577 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
578 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
579 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
580 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
581 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
582 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
583 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585 and many other features.
587 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
588 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
589 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
590 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
591 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
594 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
595 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
596 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
597 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
598 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
599 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
600 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
601 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
602 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604 Exposure Control:
605 ----------------
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612 Navigation:
613 ----------
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
637 current topic
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661 Misc commands:
662 -------------
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
665 for `allout-layout'.
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
674 format.
675 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
676 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
677 auto-activation.
679 Topic Encryption
681 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
682 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
683 pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
687 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
688 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
689 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
692 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
693 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
694 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
695 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
696 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
697 signal.
699 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
700 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
701 for details.
703 HOT-SPOT Operation
705 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
706 navigation and exposure control.
708 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
709 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
710 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
711 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
712 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
715 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
716 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
717 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
718 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
721 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
722 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
723 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
724 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
725 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
726 at the beginning of the current entry.
728 Extending Allout
730 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
731 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
732 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734 `allout-mode-hook'
735 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
736 `allout-mode-off-hook'
737 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
738 `allout-structure-added-functions'
739 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
740 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
741 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
742 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744 Terminology
746 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
749 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
750 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
751 CURRENT ITEM:
752 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
753 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
754 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
755 called the:
756 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758 ANCESTORS:
759 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
760 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
761 of the ITEM.
762 OFFSPRING:
763 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
764 SUBTOPIC:
765 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
766 CHILD:
767 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
768 SIBLINGS:
769 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771 Topic text constituents:
773 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
774 text.
775 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
776 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
777 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
778 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
779 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
780 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
781 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
782 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
783 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
784 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
785 the PREFIX.
787 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
788 of the ITEM.
789 PREFIX-LEAD:
790 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
791 It can be customized by changing the setting of
792 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
795 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
796 program code without interfering with processing of the text
797 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
798 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
799 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
800 docstring for more detail.
801 PREFIX-PADDING:
802 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
803 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
804 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
805 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
806 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
807 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
808 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
809 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
810 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
811 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
812 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
813 more details.
814 EXPOSURE:
815 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
816 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
817 CONCEALED:
818 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
819 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
822 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
823 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
830 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
833 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837 ;;;***
839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21346
840 ;;;;;; 62196 0 0))
841 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
842 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
845 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
852 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
855 visiting an outline.
857 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
858 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
861 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
862 you want allout widgets operation.
864 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
871 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
872 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
873 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
874 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
877 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
878 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880 The graphics include:
882 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
885 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
888 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
891 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
892 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896 ;;;***
898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21291 53104 0
899 ;;;;;; 0))
900 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
905 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
906 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
907 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
908 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
909 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
916 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918 ;;;***
920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21291 53104 0
921 ;;;;;; 0))
922 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
925 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
926 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
927 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
928 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
929 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
930 in the current window.
932 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
935 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
936 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
937 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
938 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
939 buffer if one does not exist.
941 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
944 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
945 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
946 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
947 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951 ;;;***
953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21291 53104 0
954 ;;;;;; 0))
955 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
956 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
959 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961 \(fn)" t nil)
963 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
964 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
967 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
968 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
969 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
972 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978 ;;;***
980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21291
981 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
983 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
986 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
987 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
988 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
989 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
990 \\[yank].
992 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
993 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
994 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
995 the rules.
997 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
998 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
999 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1000 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002 \(fn)" t nil)
1004 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1005 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007 \(fn)" t nil)
1009 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1010 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1011 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015 ;;;***
1017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1018 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1020 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1021 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1022 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1023 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1024 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1025 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1027 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1029 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1030 Toggle checking of appointments.
1031 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1032 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1036 ;;;***
1038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1039 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1041 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1042 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1043 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1044 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1046 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1047 kind of objects to search.
1049 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1051 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1052 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1053 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1054 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1055 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1056 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1058 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1059 variables, not just user options.
1061 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1063 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1064 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1065 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1066 like `apropos-user-option'.
1068 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1070 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1072 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1073 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1074 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1075 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1076 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1077 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1079 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1080 noninteractive functions.
1082 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1083 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1085 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1086 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1088 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1090 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1091 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1093 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1095 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1096 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1097 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1098 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1100 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1101 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1102 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1103 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1105 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1106 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1108 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1110 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1112 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1113 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1114 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1115 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1116 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1118 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1120 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1121 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1122 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1123 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1124 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1125 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1127 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1128 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1129 names and values of properties.
1131 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1133 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1135 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1136 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1137 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1138 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1139 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1140 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1142 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1143 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1144 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1145 documentation strings.
1147 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1149 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1151 ;;;***
1153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1156 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1157 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1158 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1159 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1160 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1161 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1163 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1164 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1165 archive.
1167 \\{archive-mode-map}
1169 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1171 ;;;***
1173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1174 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1176 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1177 Major mode for editing arrays.
1179 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1180 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1181 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1183 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1185 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1186 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1187 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1189 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1190 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1191 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1192 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1193 The variables are:
1195 Variables you assign:
1196 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1197 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1198 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1199 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1200 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1201 row numbers in the buffer.
1203 Variables which are calculated:
1204 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1205 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1207 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1208 take a numeric prefix argument):
1210 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1211 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1212 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1213 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1215 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1216 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1217 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1218 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1220 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1221 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1222 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1223 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1225 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1226 between that of point and mark.
1228 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1229 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1231 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1232 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1233 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1234 newlines inside rows)
1236 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1238 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1240 \(fn)" t nil)
1242 ;;;***
1244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21291 53104
1245 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1246 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1247 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1249 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1250 Toggle Artist mode.
1251 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1252 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1253 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1255 How to quit Artist mode
1257 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1260 How to submit a bug report
1262 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1265 Drawing with the mouse:
1267 mouse-2
1268 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1269 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1270 below).
1272 mouse-1
1273 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1274 or pastes:
1276 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1279 to new point
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1282 --------------------------------------------------------------
1283 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1296 lines
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Paste Paste Paste
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1308 or diagonally.
1310 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1311 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1312 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1313 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1314 poly-lines.
1316 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1317 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1318 overwrite means the opposite.
1320 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1321 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1322 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1324 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1326 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1327 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1329 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1330 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1331 are currently drawing something.
1333 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1334 some time to fill.
1337 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1338 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1341 Settings
1343 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1345 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1347 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1349 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1351 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1352 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1354 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1357 Drawing with keys
1359 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1360 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1361 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1362 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1363 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1364 When pasting: Pastes
1366 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1368 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1370 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1371 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1372 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1373 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1374 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1375 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1378 Arrows
1380 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1381 of the line/poly-line
1383 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1384 of the line/poly-line
1387 Selecting operation
1389 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1391 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1392 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1393 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1394 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1395 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1398 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1399 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1400 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1401 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1402 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1403 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1404 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1405 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1406 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1407 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1410 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1413 Variables
1415 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1416 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1418 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1419 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1420 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1421 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1422 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1423 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1424 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1425 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1426 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1427 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1428 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1429 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1430 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1431 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1432 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1433 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1434 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1435 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1436 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1438 Hooks
1440 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1443 Keymap summary
1445 \\{artist-mode-map}
1447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1449 ;;;***
1451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21419 27241
1452 ;;;;;; 500420 0))
1453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1455 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1456 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1457 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1459 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1460 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1461 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1462 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1464 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1465 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1467 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1468 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1470 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1472 Special commands:
1473 \\{asm-mode-map}
1475 \(fn)" t nil)
1477 ;;;***
1479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21291
1480 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1483 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1484 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1485 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1486 let-binding.")
1488 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1490 ;;;***
1492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1493 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1495 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1496 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1497 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1499 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1501 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1502 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1503 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1504 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1505 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1507 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1508 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1509 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1510 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1511 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1512 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1513 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1514 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1516 For example:
1517 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1518 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1519 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1520 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1521 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1523 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1527 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1528 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1529 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1530 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1531 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1532 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1534 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1536 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1537 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1538 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1539 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1540 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1542 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1543 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1544 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1546 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1550 ;;;***
1552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21291 53104
1553 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1556 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1557 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1559 \(fn)" t nil)
1561 ;;;***
1563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21291 53104 0
1564 ;;;;;; 0))
1565 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1567 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1568 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1569 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1571 \(fn)" t nil)
1573 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1574 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1575 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1576 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1578 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1580 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1581 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1582 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1583 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1584 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1585 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1587 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1589 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1590 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1591 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1592 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1593 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1595 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1596 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1600 ;;;***
1602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21291
1603 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
1604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1606 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1608 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1610 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1611 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1612 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1614 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1615 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1616 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1617 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1618 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1620 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1622 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1624 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1625 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1626 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1627 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1628 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1630 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1631 directory or directories specified.
1633 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1634 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1635 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1636 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1637 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1638 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1640 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1642 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1643 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1644 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1645 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1646 should be non-nil).
1648 \(fn)" nil nil)
1650 ;;;***
1652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21310 8261 0
1653 ;;;;;; 0))
1654 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1656 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1657 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1658 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1659 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1660 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1662 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1663 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1664 disk changes.
1666 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1667 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1668 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1672 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1673 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1675 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1676 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1678 \(fn)" nil nil)
1680 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1681 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1682 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1683 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1684 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1686 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1687 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1688 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1689 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1690 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1692 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1693 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1694 writing before you save the file!
1696 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1700 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1701 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1703 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1704 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1706 \(fn)" nil nil)
1708 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1709 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1710 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1711 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1712 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1713 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1715 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1717 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1718 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1719 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1720 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1721 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1723 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1724 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1725 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1727 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1728 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1729 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1730 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1731 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1733 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1734 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1735 specifies in the mode line.
1737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1739 ;;;***
1741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21372 35662 356409 0))
1742 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1744 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1745 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1746 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1748 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1750 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1752 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1753 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1754 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1755 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1757 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1758 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1759 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1761 Effects of the different modes:
1762 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1763 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1764 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1765 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1766 a random distance & direction.
1767 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1768 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1769 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1771 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1772 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1773 definition of \"random distance\".)
1775 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1777 ;;;***
1779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21559 49204
1780 ;;;;;; 612992 0))
1781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1783 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1785 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1786 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1788 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1789 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1790 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1792 \\{bat-mode-map}
1794 \(fn)" t nil)
1796 ;;;***
1798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
1799 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1800 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1802 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1803 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1804 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1805 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1807 \(fn)" t nil)
1809 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1810 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1811 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1813 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1814 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1816 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1818 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1819 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1820 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1821 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1822 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1824 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1825 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1826 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1827 seconds.
1829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1831 ;;;***
1833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21291
1834 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1837 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1838 Time execution of FORMS.
1839 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1840 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1841 FORMS once.
1842 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1843 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1844 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1846 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1848 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1850 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1851 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1852 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1853 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1854 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1856 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1858 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1860 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1861 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1862 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1863 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1864 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1866 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1868 ;;;***
1870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21291 53104
1871 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1874 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1875 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1876 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1877 of corresponding buffers.
1878 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1879 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1880 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1881 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1882 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1884 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1885 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1886 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1888 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1890 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1891 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1893 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1895 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1896 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1897 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1898 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1900 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1901 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1902 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1903 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1904 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1906 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1907 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1910 Special information:
1912 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1914 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1915 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1916 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1917 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1918 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1919 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1920 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1921 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1922 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1923 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1924 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1926 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1927 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1928 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1929 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1930 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1931 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1932 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1933 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1935 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1937 ----------------------------------------------------------
1938 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1939 if that value is non-nil.
1941 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1943 \(fn)" t nil)
1945 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1946 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1947 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1948 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1949 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1950 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1951 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1952 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1953 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1954 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1955 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1956 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1958 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1960 ;;;***
1962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1963 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
1964 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1966 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1967 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1969 \(fn)" t nil)
1971 ;;;***
1973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1974 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1976 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1977 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1979 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1980 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1981 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1983 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1985 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1986 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1988 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1990 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1991 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1993 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1995 ;;;***
1997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21291 53104
1998 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1999 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2001 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2002 Play blackbox.
2003 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2005 What is blackbox?
2007 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2008 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2009 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2010 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2011 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2012 your score.
2014 Overview of play:
2016 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2017 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2018 four.
2020 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2021 movement keys.
2023 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2024 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2026 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2027 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2029 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2030 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2031 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2032 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2033 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2034 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2036 Details:
2038 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2040 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2041 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2042 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2043 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2045 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2046 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2047 denoted by the letter `R'.
2049 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2050 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2051 denoted by the letter `H'.
2053 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2054 example.
2056 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2057 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2058 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2059 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2060 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2061 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2062 ray.
2064 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2065 degree deflection it causes.
2068 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2069 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2070 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2071 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2072 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2074 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2075 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2078 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2079 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2083 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2084 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2085 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2088 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2092 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2093 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2094 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2095 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2096 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2097 emerging from the box.
2099 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2101 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2102 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2104 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2105 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2106 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2107 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2110 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2111 a reflection.
2113 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2115 ;;;***
2117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21396 17985 27631
2118 ;;;;;; 0))
2119 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2120 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2121 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2122 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2124 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2125 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2126 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2127 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2128 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2129 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2130 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2132 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2133 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2134 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2136 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2137 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2138 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2139 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2140 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2141 recent one.
2143 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2144 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2145 yank successive words.
2147 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2148 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2149 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2150 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2151 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2153 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2154 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2155 the list of bookmarks.)
2157 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2159 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2160 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2161 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2162 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2163 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2164 this.
2166 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2167 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2168 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2169 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2171 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2172 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2174 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2175 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2176 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2178 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2180 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2181 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2183 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2185 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2186 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2188 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2189 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2190 after a bookmark was set in it.
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2195 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2197 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2198 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2200 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2202 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2204 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2205 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2206 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2207 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2209 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2210 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2211 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2213 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2214 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2215 name.
2217 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2219 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2220 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2221 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2223 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2224 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2225 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2226 this.
2228 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2230 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2231 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2233 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2234 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2235 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2236 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2237 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2238 probably because we were called from there.
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2243 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2244 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2246 \(fn)" t nil)
2248 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2249 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2250 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2251 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2252 \(second argument).
2254 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2255 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2256 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2257 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2258 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2260 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2261 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2262 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2263 `bookmark-default-file'.
2265 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2267 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2268 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2269 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2270 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2271 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2272 while loading.
2274 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2275 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2276 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2277 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2278 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2279 explicitly.
2281 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2282 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2283 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2285 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2287 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2288 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2289 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2290 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2291 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2293 \(fn)" t nil)
2295 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2297 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2299 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2300 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2302 \(fn)" t nil)
2304 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2306 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2308 ;;;***
2310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21361 65337
2311 ;;;;;; 555586 0))
2312 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2314 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2315 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2316 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2317 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2319 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2320 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2321 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2322 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2323 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2325 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2327 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2328 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2329 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2330 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2331 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2332 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2334 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2338 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2339 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2340 narrowed.
2342 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2345 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2347 \(fn)" t nil)
2349 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2350 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2352 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2354 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2356 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2357 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2358 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2359 first, if that exists.
2361 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2363 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2365 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2366 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2370 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2371 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2372 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2373 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2374 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2375 to use.
2377 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2379 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2380 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2381 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2382 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2384 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2386 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2387 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2388 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2389 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2391 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2392 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2393 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2394 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2396 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2397 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2398 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2400 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2401 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2405 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2406 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2407 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2408 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2410 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2411 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2412 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2413 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2415 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2416 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2417 new tab in an existing window instead.
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2427 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2428 Firefox.
2430 When called interactively, if variable
2431 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2432 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2433 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2434 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2436 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2437 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2438 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2440 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2441 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2443 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2444 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2445 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2446 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2447 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2448 URL in a new window.
2450 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2454 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2455 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2456 Chromium.
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2463 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2465 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2466 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2467 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2468 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2470 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2471 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2472 new tab in an existing window instead.
2474 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2475 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2477 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2479 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2486 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2487 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2489 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2490 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2491 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2492 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2494 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2495 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2497 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2499 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2500 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2502 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2503 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2504 program is invoked according to the variable
2505 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2507 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2508 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2509 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2510 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2512 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2513 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2515 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2517 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2518 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2519 Default to the URL around or before point.
2521 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2522 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2523 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2525 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2526 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2527 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2528 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2530 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2531 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2533 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2535 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2536 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2537 Default to the URL around or before point.
2539 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2540 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2541 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2544 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2549 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2550 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2551 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2553 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2555 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2556 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2557 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2558 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2559 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2560 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2562 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2565 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2566 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2567 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2568 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2570 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2571 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2572 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2573 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2576 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2578 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2580 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2581 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2582 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2583 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2584 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2585 current one.
2587 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2588 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2589 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2590 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2592 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2593 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2595 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2597 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2598 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2599 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2600 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2601 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2602 don't offer a form of remote control.
2604 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2607 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2608 Default to the URL around or before point.
2610 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2612 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2613 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2614 Default to the URL around the point.
2616 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2617 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2619 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2620 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2622 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2624 ;;;***
2626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21452 63160 995987 0))
2627 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2628 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2630 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2631 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2632 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2633 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2635 \(fn)" t nil)
2637 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2638 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2639 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2640 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2642 \(fn)" t nil)
2644 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2645 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2647 \(fn)" t nil)
2649 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2650 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2651 \\<bs-mode-map>
2652 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2653 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2654 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2655 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2657 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2658 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2659 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2660 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2661 name of buffer configuration.
2663 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2665 ;;;***
2667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21291 53104 0
2668 ;;;;;; 0))
2669 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2671 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2672 Play Bubbles game.
2673 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2674 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2675 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2676 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2677 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2678 columns on its right towards the left.
2680 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2681 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2682 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2683 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2685 \(fn)" t nil)
2687 ;;;***
2689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2690 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
2691 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2693 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2695 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2696 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2697 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2698 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2699 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2703 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2704 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2708 ;;;***
2710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21578
2711 ;;;;;; 13627 353178 0))
2712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2713 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2714 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2715 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2717 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2719 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2720 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2721 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2722 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2723 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2724 else the global value will be modified.
2726 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2728 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2729 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2730 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2731 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2732 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2733 else the global value will be modified.
2735 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2737 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2738 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2739 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2741 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2743 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2744 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2745 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2746 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2748 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2749 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2750 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2751 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2752 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2753 before scanning it.
2755 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2756 that already has a `.elc' file.
2758 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2759 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2761 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2762 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2763 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2764 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2765 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2766 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2768 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2770 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2771 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2772 Print the result in the echo area.
2773 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2778 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2779 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2781 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2783 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2784 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2785 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2786 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2787 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2788 all functions called by those functions.
2790 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2791 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2792 cons, etc.).
2794 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2795 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2796 invoked interactively.
2798 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2800 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2801 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2802 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2803 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2805 \(fn)" nil nil)
2807 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2808 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2809 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2810 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2811 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2812 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2813 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2814 already up-to-date.
2816 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2818 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2819 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2820 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2821 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2823 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2824 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2825 and corresponding effects.
2827 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2829 ;;;***
2831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21291
2832 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
2833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2835 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2837 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2839 ;;;***
2841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21291 53104
2842 ;;;;;; 0 0))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2845 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2847 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2849 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2851 ;;;***
2853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21291
2854 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
2855 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2857 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2858 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2859 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2860 from the cursor position.
2862 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2864 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2866 ;;;***
2868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21421 21182 542043 0))
2869 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2870 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2872 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2873 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2877 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2878 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2880 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2882 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2883 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2885 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2887 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2888 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2890 \(fn)" t nil)
2892 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2893 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2894 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2895 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2897 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2899 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2900 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2901 This is most useful in the X window system.
2902 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2903 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2905 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2907 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2908 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2909 See calc-keypad for details.
2911 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2913 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2914 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2916 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2918 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2919 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2921 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2923 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2924 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2926 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2928 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2929 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2930 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2932 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2934 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2935 Define Calc function.
2937 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2938 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2939 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2941 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2942 actual Lisp function name.
2944 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2946 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2948 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2950 ;;;***
2952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21291 53104
2953 ;;;;;; 0 0))
2954 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2956 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2959 \(fn N)" t nil)
2961 ;;;***
2963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21291 53104 0
2964 ;;;;;; 0))
2965 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2967 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2968 Run the Emacs calculator.
2969 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2971 \(fn)" t nil)
2973 ;;;***
2975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21517 36917
2976 ;;;;;; 994200 0))
2977 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2979 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2980 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2981 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2982 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2983 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2984 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2986 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2987 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2988 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2989 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2990 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2991 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2992 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2993 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2994 window.
2996 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2997 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2999 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3000 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3001 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3002 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3003 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3004 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3006 Runs the following hooks:
3008 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3009 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3010 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3011 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3013 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3017 ;;;***
3019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21291 53104 0
3020 ;;;;;; 0))
3021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3023 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3024 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3026 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3028 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3029 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3030 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3031 it fails.
3033 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3035 ;;;***
3037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21291
3038 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3041 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3042 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3043 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3044 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3045 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3047 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3048 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3049 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3050 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3051 restriction to ASCII.
3053 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3055 capitalizedWorDD
3056 ^ ^ ^^
3058 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3059 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3060 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3062 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3063 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3064 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3065 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3066 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3067 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3068 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3070 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3071 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3075 ;;;***
3077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21291
3078 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3081 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3082 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3084 \(fn)" nil nil)
3086 ;;;***
3088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21307 46976
3089 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3090 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3092 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3093 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3095 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3096 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3098 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3099 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3101 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3103 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3104 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3105 made from scratch.
3107 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3109 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3110 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3112 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3113 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3114 made from scratch.
3116 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3118 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3119 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3121 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3123 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3124 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3125 made from scratch.
3127 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3129 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3130 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3132 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3133 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3134 made from scratch.
3136 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3138 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3141 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3145 made from scratch.
3147 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3152 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3153 variables are guessed:
3155 * `c-basic-offset', and
3156 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3157 `c-offsets-alist'.
3159 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3160 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3162 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3163 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3165 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3166 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3167 guess is made from scratch.
3169 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3170 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3172 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3174 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3175 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3176 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3177 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3179 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3180 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3181 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3183 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3185 ;;;***
3187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21291 53104
3188 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3189 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3191 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3192 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3193 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3194 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3195 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3196 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3197 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3199 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3203 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3204 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3205 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3206 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3207 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3209 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3210 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3211 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3212 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3213 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3214 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3216 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3218 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3219 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3221 Key bindings:
3222 \\{c-mode-map}
3224 \(fn)" t nil)
3226 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3227 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3228 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3229 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3230 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3231 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3232 message.
3234 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3236 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3237 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3239 Key bindings:
3240 \\{c++-mode-map}
3242 \(fn)" t nil)
3243 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3245 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3246 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3247 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3248 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3249 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3250 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3251 message.
3253 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3255 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3256 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3258 Key bindings:
3259 \\{objc-mode-map}
3261 \(fn)" t nil)
3262 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3264 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3265 Major mode for editing Java code.
3266 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3267 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3268 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3269 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3270 message.
3272 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3274 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3275 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3277 Key bindings:
3278 \\{java-mode-map}
3280 \(fn)" t nil)
3281 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3283 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3284 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3285 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3286 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3287 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3288 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3289 message.
3291 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3293 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3294 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3296 Key bindings:
3297 \\{idl-mode-map}
3299 \(fn)" t nil)
3300 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3301 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3303 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3304 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3305 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3306 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3307 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3308 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3309 message.
3311 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3313 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3314 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3316 Key bindings:
3317 \\{pike-mode-map}
3319 \(fn)" t nil)
3320 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3321 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3322 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3323 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3324 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3326 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3327 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3328 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3329 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3330 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3331 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3333 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3335 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3336 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3338 Key bindings:
3339 \\{awk-mode-map}
3341 \(fn)" t nil)
3343 ;;;***
3345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21291
3346 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3347 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3349 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3350 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3351 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3352 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3354 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3356 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3357 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3358 might get set too.
3360 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3361 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3362 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3363 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3364 in this way.
3366 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3367 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3368 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3369 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3370 a null operation.
3372 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3374 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3375 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3376 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3377 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3379 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3381 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3382 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3383 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3385 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3387 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3388 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3389 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3390 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3391 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3393 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3395 ;;;***
3397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21291 53104
3398 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3400 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3401 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3402 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3404 ;;;***
3406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21291 53104 0
3407 ;;;;;; 0))
3408 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3410 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3411 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3413 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3415 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3416 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3418 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3420 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3421 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3423 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3424 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3425 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3426 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3427 execution.
3429 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3431 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3433 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3434 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3436 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3437 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3438 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3439 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3441 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3442 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3443 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3444 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3445 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3446 `write' commands.
3448 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3449 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3450 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3451 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3453 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3454 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3455 semantics.
3457 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3459 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3461 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3463 STATEMENT :=
3464 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3465 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3467 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3468 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3469 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3470 | integer
3472 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3474 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3475 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3476 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3478 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3479 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3480 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3482 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3483 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3485 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3486 BREAK := (break)
3488 REPEAT :=
3489 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3490 (repeat)
3491 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3492 ;; (repeat))
3493 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3494 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3495 ;; (read REG)
3496 ;; (repeat))
3497 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3498 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3499 ;; (read REG)
3500 ;; (repeat))
3501 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3503 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3504 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3505 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3506 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3507 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3508 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3509 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3510 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3511 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3512 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3513 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3514 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3515 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3516 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3517 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3518 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3520 WRITE :=
3521 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3522 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3523 ;; representation.
3524 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3525 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3526 ;; (write r7))
3527 | (write EXPRESSION)
3528 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3529 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3530 ;; representation.
3531 | (write integer)
3532 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3533 ;; buffer.
3534 | (write string)
3535 ;; Same as: (write string)
3536 | string
3537 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3538 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3539 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3540 ;; representation.
3541 | (write REG ARRAY)
3542 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3543 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3544 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3545 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3546 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3547 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3549 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3550 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3552 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3553 END := (end)
3555 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3556 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3557 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3559 ARG := REG | integer
3561 OPERATOR :=
3562 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3563 + | - | * | / | %
3565 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3566 | & | `|' | ^
3568 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3569 | << | >>
3571 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3572 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3573 | <8
3575 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3576 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3577 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3578 | >8
3580 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3581 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3582 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3583 | //
3585 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3586 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3588 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3589 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3590 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3591 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3592 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3593 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3594 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3595 | de-sjis
3597 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3598 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3599 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3600 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3601 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3602 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3603 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3604 ;; byte of SJIS.
3605 | en-sjis
3607 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3608 ;; Same meaning as C code
3609 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3611 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3612 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3613 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3614 | <8=
3616 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3617 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3618 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3620 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3621 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3622 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3623 | //=
3625 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3628 TRANSLATE :=
3629 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3630 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3631 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3632 LOOKUP :=
3633 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3634 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3635 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3636 MAP :=
3637 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3638 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3639 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3640 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3641 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3642 MAP-ID := integer
3644 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3646 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3648 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3649 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3650 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3651 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3652 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3653 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3655 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3657 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3658 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3659 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3661 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3663 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3665 ;;;***
3667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21291 53104
3668 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3671 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3672 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3673 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3674 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3676 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3678 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3680 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3681 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3683 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3685 ;;;***
3687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
3688 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3689 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3691 ;;;***
3693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21291 53104
3694 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3696 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3698 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3699 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3700 There are no special keybindings by default.
3702 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3703 to the action header.
3705 \(fn)" t nil)
3707 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3708 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3709 There are no special keybindings by default.
3711 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3712 to the action header.
3714 \(fn)" t nil)
3716 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3717 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3718 on the buffer contents
3720 \(fn)" nil nil)
3722 ;;;***
3724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21291 53104
3725 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3727 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3729 ;;;***
3731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3732 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
3733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3735 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3736 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3737 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3739 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3741 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3742 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3743 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3745 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3747 ;;;***
3749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21291
3750 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3752 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3753 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3754 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3755 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3756 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3757 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3758 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3759 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3760 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3762 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3765 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3766 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3767 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3769 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3770 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3771 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3772 the users will view as each check is completed.
3774 \(fn)" t nil)
3776 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3777 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3778 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3779 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3780 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3781 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3782 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3783 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3785 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3787 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3788 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3789 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3790 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3791 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3792 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3793 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3794 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3796 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3798 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3799 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3800 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3801 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3802 spacing are all verified.
3804 \(fn)" t nil)
3806 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3807 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3808 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3809 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3810 otherwise stop after the first error.
3812 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3814 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3815 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3816 Only documentation strings are checked.
3817 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3818 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3819 a separate buffer.
3821 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3823 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3824 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3825 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3826 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3827 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3829 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3831 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3832 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3833 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3834 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3835 if there is one.
3837 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3840 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3841 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3842 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3843 if there is one.
3844 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3846 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3848 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3849 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3850 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3852 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3854 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3855 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3856 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3857 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3858 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3860 \(fn)" t nil)
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3863 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3864 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3865 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3866 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3867 space at the end of each line.
3869 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3871 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3872 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3873 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3874 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3876 \(fn)" t nil)
3878 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3879 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3880 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3881 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3883 \(fn)" t nil)
3885 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3886 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3887 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3888 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3890 \(fn)" t nil)
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3893 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3894 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3895 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3897 \(fn)" t nil)
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3901 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3904 \(fn)" t nil)
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3911 \(fn)" t nil)
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3918 \(fn)" t nil)
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3925 \(fn)" t nil)
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3932 \(fn)" t nil)
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3935 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3936 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3937 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3938 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3940 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3941 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3942 checking of documentation strings.
3944 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3948 ;;;***
3950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21291
3951 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3952 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3954 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3955 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3956 Return the length of resulting text.
3958 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3960 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3961 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3963 \(fn)" t nil)
3965 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3966 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3967 Return the length of resulting text.
3969 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3971 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3972 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3974 \(fn)" t nil)
3976 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3979 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3981 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3984 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3986 ;;;***
3988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
3989 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3991 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3992 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3993 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3994 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3995 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3996 editing and the result is evaluated.
3998 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4000 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4001 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4002 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4003 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4004 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4006 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4008 \(fn)" t nil)
4010 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4011 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4012 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4013 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4014 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4016 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4017 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4018 \\{command-history-map}
4020 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4021 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4023 \(fn)" t nil)
4025 ;;;***
4027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21291
4028 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
4029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4031 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4032 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4033 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4034 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4035 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4036 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4037 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4038 of this function.
4040 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4041 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4042 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4043 property are:
4045 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4046 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4048 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4049 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4050 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4051 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4052 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4053 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4054 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4055 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4056 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4057 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4058 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4059 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4061 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4062 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4063 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4065 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4066 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4067 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4068 list elements are:
4070 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4072 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4074 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4076 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4077 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4079 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4080 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4082 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4083 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4084 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4085 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4086 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4087 value specified by their associated list element.
4089 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4091 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4092 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4093 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4095 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4096 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4097 * indent the first argument by 4.
4098 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4099 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4100 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4102 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4104 ;;;***
4106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21291 53104
4107 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4108 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4109 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4111 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4113 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4114 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4115 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4116 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4117 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4118 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4120 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4121 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4123 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4125 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4127 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4129 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4131 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4133 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4135 ;;;***
4137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21291 53104
4138 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4141 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4142 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4143 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4144 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4146 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4147 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4148 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4149 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4151 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4152 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4154 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4156 ;;;***
4158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4159 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4161 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4162 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4163 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4164 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4165 of `scheme-program-name').
4166 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4167 it is given as initial input.
4168 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4169 discards input when it starts up.
4170 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4171 is run).
4172 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4174 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4176 ;;;***
4178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4179 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4181 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4182 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4183 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4184 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4186 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4187 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4189 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4190 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4191 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4193 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4195 ;;;***
4197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
4198 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4200 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4201 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4202 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4203 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4204 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4205 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4206 functions have already modified the buffer.
4208 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4210 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4211 either globally or locally.")
4213 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4214 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4215 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4216 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4218 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4219 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4220 `start-file-process'
4221 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4222 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4223 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4225 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4226 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4228 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4230 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4232 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4234 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4235 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4236 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4237 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4238 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4239 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4240 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4241 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4242 process as its initial input.
4244 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4246 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4248 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4250 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4251 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4252 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4253 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4254 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4255 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4257 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4259 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4260 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4261 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4262 directory tracking functions.")
4264 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4265 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4266 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4268 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4270 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4272 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4273 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4274 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4276 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4278 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4280 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4281 Send COMMAND to current process.
4282 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4283 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4285 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4287 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4288 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4289 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4290 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4292 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4294 ;;;***
4296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21291 53104
4297 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4298 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4300 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4301 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4302 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4303 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4305 This command pushes the mark in each window
4306 at the prior location of point in that window.
4307 If both windows display the same buffer,
4308 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4309 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4311 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4312 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4313 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4314 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4315 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4316 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4317 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4318 ignored.
4320 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4321 this command work in interlaced mode:
4322 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4323 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4324 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4326 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4328 ;;;***
4330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21586 7735
4331 ;;;;;; 250801 0))
4332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4334 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4335 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4337 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4339 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4340 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4341 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4343 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4345 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4346 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4347 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4349 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4351 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4352 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4353 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4354 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4355 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4357 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4358 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4359 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4360 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4361 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4363 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4364 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4365 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4366 describing how the process finished.")
4368 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4369 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4370 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4371 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4372 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4374 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4375 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4376 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4378 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4380 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4381 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4382 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4383 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4385 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4387 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4388 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4390 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4391 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4393 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4394 (lambda ()
4395 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4396 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4397 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4398 (concat \"make -k \"
4399 (if buffer-file-name
4400 (shell-quote-argument
4401 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4403 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4404 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4406 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4407 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4408 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4409 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4411 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4413 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4414 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4415 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4416 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4418 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4419 and move to the source code that caused it.
4421 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4422 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4424 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4425 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4426 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4427 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4428 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4430 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4431 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4432 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4433 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4435 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4436 kills its subprocesses.
4438 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4439 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4440 to a function that generates a unique name.
4442 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4444 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4445 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4446 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4447 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4449 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4450 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4452 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4453 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4454 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4455 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4457 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4458 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4459 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4461 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4463 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4465 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4466 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4467 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4468 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4469 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4471 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4473 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4475 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4477 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4479 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4480 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4481 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4482 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4483 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4485 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4486 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4487 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4488 See `compilation-mode'.
4490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4492 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4493 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4494 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4495 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4496 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4498 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4499 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4500 `compilation-mode'.
4502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4504 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4505 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4506 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4508 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4510 ;;;***
4512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21291 53104 0
4513 ;;;;;; 0))
4514 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4516 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4517 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4518 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4520 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4521 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4523 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4525 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4526 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4527 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4528 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4529 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4533 ;;;***
4535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21291
4536 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
4537 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4539 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4540 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4541 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4542 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4543 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4544 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4545 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4547 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4548 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4549 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4551 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4552 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4553 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4555 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4556 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4557 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4558 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4560 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4561 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4562 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4563 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4564 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4565 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4566 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4568 \\{conf-mode-map}
4570 \(fn)" t nil)
4572 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4573 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4574 Comments start with `#'.
4575 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4577 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4579 \[Desktop Entry]
4580 Encoding=UTF-8
4581 Name=The GIMP
4582 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4583 Name[cs]=GIMP
4585 \(fn)" t nil)
4587 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4588 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4589 Comments start with `;'.
4590 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4592 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4594 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4595 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4596 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4598 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4599 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4601 \(fn)" t nil)
4603 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4604 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4605 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4606 between `/*' and `*/'.
4607 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4609 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4610 // another kind of comment
4611 /* yet another */
4613 name:value
4614 name=value
4615 name value
4616 x.1 =
4617 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4618 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4620 \(fn)" t nil)
4622 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4623 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4624 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4625 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4626 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4627 `conf-space-keywords'.
4628 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4629 in an interactive fashion instead.
4631 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4633 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4635 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4636 image/png png
4637 image/tiff tiff tif
4639 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4640 class desktop
4641 # Standard multimedia devices
4642 add /dev/audio desktop
4643 add /dev/mixer desktop
4645 \(fn)" t nil)
4647 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4648 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4649 See `conf-space-mode'.
4651 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4653 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4654 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4655 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4656 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4658 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4660 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4661 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4663 \(fn)" t nil)
4665 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4666 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4667 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4668 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4670 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4672 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4673 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4675 \(fn)" t nil)
4677 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4678 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4679 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4680 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4682 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4684 *background: gray99
4685 *foreground: black
4687 \(fn)" t nil)
4689 ;;;***
4691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21291 53104 0
4692 ;;;;;; 0))
4693 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4695 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4696 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4697 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4698 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4699 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4700 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4702 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4704 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4705 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4706 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4707 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4709 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4711 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4712 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4713 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4714 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4716 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4718 ;;;***
4720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21291
4721 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
4722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4723 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4724 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4725 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4727 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4728 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4729 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4730 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4731 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4732 following the copyright are updated as well.
4733 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4734 interactively.
4736 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4738 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4739 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4740 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4741 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4742 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4744 \(fn)" t nil)
4746 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4747 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4749 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4751 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4752 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4753 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4755 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4757 ;;;***
4759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21291
4760 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
4761 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4762 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4763 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4764 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4765 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4766 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4767 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4768 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4770 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4771 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4772 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4773 Tab indents for Perl code.
4774 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4775 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4777 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4778 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4779 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4780 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4781 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4782 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4783 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4784 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4785 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4786 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4787 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4788 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4790 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4792 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4793 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4795 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4797 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4798 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4799 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4800 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4801 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4802 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4803 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4804 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4805 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4807 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4809 bite if angry;
4811 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4812 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4813 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4814 to nil.)
4816 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4817 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4818 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4820 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4822 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4823 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4824 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4825 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4826 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4828 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4830 if (A) { B }
4832 into
4834 B if A;
4836 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4838 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4839 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4840 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4841 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4842 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4843 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4844 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4845 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4846 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4847 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4848 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4849 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4850 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4852 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4853 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4854 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4855 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4856 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4857 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4859 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4860 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4861 man via menu.
4863 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4864 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4865 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4866 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4867 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4869 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4870 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4871 span the needed amount of lines.
4873 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4874 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4875 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4876 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4878 Variables controlling indentation style:
4879 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4880 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4881 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4882 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4883 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4884 `cperl-auto-newline'
4885 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4886 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4887 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4888 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4889 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4890 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4891 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4892 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4893 `cperl-indent-level'
4894 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4895 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4896 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4897 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4898 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4899 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4900 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4901 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4902 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4903 `cperl-brace-offset'
4904 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4905 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4906 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4907 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4908 `cperl-label-offset'
4909 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4910 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4911 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4913 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4914 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4915 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4916 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4917 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4918 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4920 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4921 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4922 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4923 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4925 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4926 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4927 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4928 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4929 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4930 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4931 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4933 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4934 column 0 is indented on
4935 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4937 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4938 with no args.
4940 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4941 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4942 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4944 \(fn)" t nil)
4946 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4947 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4949 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4951 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4952 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4954 \(fn)" t nil)
4956 ;;;***
4958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4961 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4962 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4963 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4964 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4965 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4967 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4969 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4970 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4972 \(fn)" t nil)
4974 ;;;***
4976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4977 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4979 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4980 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4981 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4982 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4983 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4984 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4985 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4986 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4988 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
4989 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
4991 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4992 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
4993 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
4995 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
4996 with empty strings removed.
4998 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5000 ;;;***
5002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21291 53104
5003 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5004 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5006 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5007 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5009 \(fn)" t nil)
5011 ;;;***
5013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21588 49464
5014 ;;;;;; 654417 0))
5015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5017 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5018 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5019 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5020 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5021 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5022 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5024 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5026 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5027 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5028 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5029 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5030 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5032 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5033 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5034 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5035 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5036 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5037 normal function of these prefix keys.
5039 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5040 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5041 options:
5042 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5043 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5044 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5046 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5047 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5048 the prefix fallback behavior.
5050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5052 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5053 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5055 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5057 ;;;***
5059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21499 26326
5060 ;;;;;; 740865 488000))
5061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5063 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5064 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5065 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5069 ;;;***
5071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21567 8919 365077
5072 ;;;;;; 0))
5073 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5075 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5076 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5078 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5080 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5081 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5083 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5085 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5086 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5088 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5090 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5091 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5093 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5094 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5096 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5097 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5099 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5101 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5103 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5104 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5105 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5107 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5108 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5110 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5111 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5113 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5114 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5116 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5118 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5120 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5121 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5122 Return VALUE.
5124 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5125 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5127 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5128 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5130 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5131 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5133 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5135 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5137 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5138 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5139 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5140 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5142 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5143 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5144 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5146 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5148 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5149 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5150 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5151 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5152 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5154 \(fn)" t nil)
5156 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5157 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5158 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5159 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5161 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5163 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5164 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5165 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5167 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5169 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5170 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5172 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5174 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5176 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5177 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5179 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5181 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5183 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5184 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5185 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5187 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5189 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5190 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5191 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5192 as part of Emacs itself.
5194 Each elements looks like this:
5196 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5198 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5199 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5200 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5201 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5202 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5203 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5204 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5205 and `defface'.
5207 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5209 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5210 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5211 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5212 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5213 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5215 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5216 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5217 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5218 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5220 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5222 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5223 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5224 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5225 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5226 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5227 release.
5229 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5230 that were added or redefined since that version.
5232 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5234 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5235 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5236 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5237 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5239 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5241 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5242 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5244 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5246 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5247 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5248 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5250 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5251 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5253 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5255 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5256 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5258 \(fn)" t nil)
5260 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5261 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5263 \(fn)" t nil)
5265 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5266 Customize all saved options and faces.
5268 \(fn)" t nil)
5270 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5271 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5272 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5273 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5274 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5275 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5277 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5278 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5279 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5281 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5283 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5284 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5286 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5288 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5289 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5291 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5293 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5294 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5296 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5298 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5299 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5300 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5301 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5302 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5303 that option.
5304 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5306 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5308 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5309 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5310 The result includes selecting that window.
5311 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5312 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5313 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5314 that option.
5316 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5318 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5319 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5321 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5323 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5324 File used for storing customization information.
5325 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5326 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5327 it should be an absolute file name.
5329 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5330 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5331 something like the following in your init file:
5333 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5334 \(load custom-file)
5336 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5337 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5339 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5340 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5341 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5342 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5343 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5345 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5346 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5347 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5348 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5349 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5350 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5351 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5352 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5353 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5354 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5356 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5358 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5359 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5361 \(fn)" nil nil)
5363 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5364 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5366 \(fn)" t nil)
5368 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5369 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5370 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5372 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5374 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5375 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5376 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5377 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5378 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5380 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5382 ;;;***
5384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5385 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5387 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5388 Create or edit a custom theme.
5389 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5390 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5391 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5392 from the Custom save file.
5393 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5394 named *Custom Theme*.
5396 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5398 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5399 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5401 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5403 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5404 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5406 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5408 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5409 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5410 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5411 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5413 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5415 ;;;***
5417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21291 53104
5418 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5419 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5421 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5422 Mode used for cvs status output.
5424 \(fn)" t nil)
5426 ;;;***
5428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21291 53104 0
5429 ;;;;;; 0))
5430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5431 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5433 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5434 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5436 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5438 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5439 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5440 C++ modes are included.
5442 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5443 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5444 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5448 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5450 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5451 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5452 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5453 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5454 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5455 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5457 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5459 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5460 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5461 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5462 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5463 ARG is omitted or nil.
5465 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5466 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5467 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5471 ;;;***
5473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21291
5474 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
5475 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5477 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5478 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5480 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5482 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5483 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5485 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5487 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5488 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5489 For readability, the table is slightly
5490 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5492 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5493 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5494 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5495 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5496 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5498 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5500 ;;;***
5502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5503 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5504 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5505 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5506 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5507 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5509 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5510 Completion on current word.
5511 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5512 and presents suggestions for completion.
5514 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5515 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5516 completions.
5518 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5519 then it searches *all* buffers.
5521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5523 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5524 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5526 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5527 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5528 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5529 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5530 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5532 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5533 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5535 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5536 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5537 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5539 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5540 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5542 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5544 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5546 ;;;***
5548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21291 53104
5549 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5550 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5552 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5553 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5555 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5557 ;;;***
5559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21406 53815 191813 0))
5560 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5562 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5563 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5564 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5565 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5566 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5568 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5570 ;;;***
5572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21291 53104
5573 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5574 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5576 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5577 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5579 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5580 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5581 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5583 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5584 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5585 Data lines are not indented.
5587 Key bindings:
5589 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5590 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5592 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5593 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5594 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5595 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5597 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5599 dcl-basic-offset
5600 Extra indentation within blocks.
5602 dcl-continuation-offset
5603 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5605 dcl-margin-offset
5606 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5608 dcl-margin-label-offset
5609 Indentation for a label.
5611 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5612 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5614 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5615 dcl-block-end-regexp
5616 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5617 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5618 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5619 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5620 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5622 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5623 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5624 Two such functions are included in the package:
5625 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5626 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5628 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5629 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5630 One such function is included in the package:
5631 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5633 dcl-tab-always-indent
5634 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5635 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5636 margin.
5638 dcl-electric-characters
5639 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5640 typed.
5642 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5643 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5644 which words trigger electric indentation.
5646 dcl-tempo-comma
5647 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5648 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5649 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5651 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5652 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5653 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5654 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5656 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5657 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5658 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5659 dcl-imenu-label-call
5660 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5662 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5663 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5664 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5665 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5668 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5670 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5671 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5672 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5673 $ i = 1
5674 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5675 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5676 $ label:
5677 $ if i.eq.1
5678 $ then
5679 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5680 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5681 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5682 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5683 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5684 \"lined up with the command line\"
5685 $ type sys$input
5686 Data lines are not indented at all.
5687 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5688 $ endif
5692 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5693 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5695 \(fn)" t nil)
5697 ;;;***
5699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21291 53104
5700 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5703 (setq debugger 'debug)
5705 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5706 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5707 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5708 of the evaluator.
5710 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5711 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5712 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5714 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5716 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5717 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5719 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5721 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5722 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5723 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5724 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5725 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5726 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5728 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5729 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5731 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5733 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5734 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5735 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5736 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5737 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5739 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5741 ;;;***
5743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21291 53104
5744 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5745 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5747 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5748 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5750 \(fn)" t nil)
5752 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5753 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5754 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5755 Upper-case letters are commands.
5757 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5758 modify it.
5760 The most useful commands are:
5761 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5762 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5763 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5764 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5765 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5766 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5768 \(fn)" t nil)
5770 ;;;***
5772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5773 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5774 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5776 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5777 Customization of `columns' group.
5779 \(fn)" t nil)
5781 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5782 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5784 START and END delimits the text region.
5786 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5788 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5789 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5791 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5793 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5795 ;;;***
5797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21586 50103 617693 0))
5798 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5800 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5802 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5803 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5804 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5805 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5806 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5807 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5809 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5811 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5812 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5814 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5815 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5817 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5818 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5819 point regardless of any selection.
5821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5823 ;;;***
5825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21291 53104
5826 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5829 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5830 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5832 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5834 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5835 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5836 or nil if there is no parent.
5837 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5838 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5839 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5840 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5841 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5843 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5844 arguments are currently understood:
5845 :group GROUP
5846 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5847 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5848 :syntax-table TABLE
5849 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5850 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5851 :abbrev-table TABLE
5852 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5853 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5855 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5857 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5859 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5860 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5861 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5863 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5864 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5866 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5867 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5868 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5870 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5871 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5873 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5874 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5876 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5878 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5880 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5882 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5883 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5884 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5885 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5886 the first time the mode is used.
5888 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5890 ;;;***
5892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21291 53104 0
5893 ;;;;;; 0))
5894 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5896 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5897 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5898 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5899 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5900 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5901 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5902 otherwise.
5904 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5906 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5907 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5908 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5909 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5911 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5912 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5913 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5915 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5916 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5917 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5918 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5919 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5920 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5921 relevant to POS.
5923 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5925 ;;;***
5927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21520 13117 11728 0))
5928 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5930 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5931 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5932 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5933 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5934 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5935 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5937 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5939 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5940 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5941 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5942 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5943 is omitted or nil.
5945 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5946 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5947 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5948 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5950 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5951 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5953 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5954 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5956 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5958 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5962 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5963 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5964 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5965 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5967 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5969 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5970 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5972 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5973 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5974 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5976 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5977 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5979 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5980 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5981 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5983 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5984 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5985 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5986 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5988 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5990 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5991 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5993 Handlers are called with argument list
5995 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5997 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5999 `desktop-file-version'
6000 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6001 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6002 `desktop-buffer-point'
6003 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6004 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6005 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6007 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6008 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6010 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6011 code like
6013 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6015 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6016 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6018 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6020 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6022 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6023 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6024 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6025 List elements must have the form
6027 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6029 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6030 function.
6032 Handlers are called with argument list
6034 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6036 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6038 `desktop-file-version'
6039 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6040 `desktop-buffer-name'
6041 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6042 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6043 `desktop-buffer-point'
6044 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6045 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6046 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6048 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6049 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6050 created and set.
6052 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6053 code like
6055 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6057 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6058 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6060 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6062 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6064 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6066 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6067 Empty the Desktop.
6068 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6069 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6070 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6071 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6072 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6073 if different).
6075 \(fn)" t nil)
6077 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6078 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6079 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6080 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6081 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6082 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6083 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6085 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6087 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6088 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6089 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6091 \(fn)" t nil)
6093 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6094 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6095 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6096 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6097 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6098 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6099 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6100 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6102 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6104 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6105 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6106 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6108 \(fn)" nil nil)
6110 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6112 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6113 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6114 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6115 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6116 directory DIRNAME.
6118 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6120 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6121 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6123 \(fn)" t nil)
6125 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6126 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6128 \(fn)" t nil)
6130 ;;;***
6132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21291 53104
6133 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6136 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6137 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6138 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6139 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6140 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6141 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6143 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6145 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6146 Repair a broken attribution line.
6147 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6149 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6151 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6152 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6153 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6154 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6156 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6158 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6159 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6161 \(fn)" t nil)
6163 ;;;***
6165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21519
6166 ;;;;;; 16950 560827 246000))
6167 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6169 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6170 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6171 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6172 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6173 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6177 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6178 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6179 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6180 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6182 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6183 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6184 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6185 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6187 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6188 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6190 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6191 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6192 calendar-date-style 'european
6193 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6195 \(diary-mail-entries)
6197 # diary-rem.el ends here
6199 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6201 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6202 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6204 \(fn)" t nil)
6206 ;;;***
6208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6209 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6211 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6212 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6214 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6216 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6217 The command to use to run diff.")
6219 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6221 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6222 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6223 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6224 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6225 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6226 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6228 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6229 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6230 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6232 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6234 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6235 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6236 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6237 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6238 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6239 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6241 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6243 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6244 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6246 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6248 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6249 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6250 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6252 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6254 ;;;***
6256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21574 16579
6257 ;;;;;; 173517 0))
6258 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6260 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6261 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6262 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6263 normal diffs.
6265 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6266 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6267 headers for you on-the-fly.
6269 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6270 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6271 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6273 \\{diff-mode-map}
6275 \(fn)" t nil)
6277 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6278 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6279 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6280 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6281 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6283 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6287 ;;;***
6289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6290 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6292 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6293 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6294 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6296 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6298 ;;;***
6300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21574 16579 173517 0))
6301 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6303 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6304 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6305 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6306 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6307 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6308 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6309 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6310 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6312 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6314 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6315 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6316 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6317 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6318 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6319 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6321 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6322 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6323 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6324 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6325 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6326 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6327 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6328 list of files to make directory entries for.
6329 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6330 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6331 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6333 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6335 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6336 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6338 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6339 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6341 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6342 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6344 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6345 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6347 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6349 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6350 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6352 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6354 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6355 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6356 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6357 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6358 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6359 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6360 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6361 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6362 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6363 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6364 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6365 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6366 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6367 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6368 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6369 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6370 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6371 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6372 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6373 to see why something went wrong.
6374 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6375 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6376 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6377 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6378 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6379 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6380 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6381 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6382 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6383 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6384 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6385 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6386 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6388 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6389 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6390 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6391 again for the directory tree.
6393 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6394 for more info):
6396 `dired-listing-switches'
6397 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6398 `dired-marker-char'
6399 `dired-del-marker'
6400 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6401 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6402 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6403 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6405 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6407 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6408 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6409 `dired-mode-hook'
6410 `dired-load-hook'
6412 Keybindings:
6413 \\{dired-mode-map}
6415 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6416 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6418 ;;;***
6420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6421 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6423 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6424 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6425 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6426 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6427 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6429 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6430 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6431 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6433 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6434 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6435 directory.
6437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6439 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6440 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6441 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6442 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6443 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6444 from `default-directory'.
6446 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6448 ;;;***
6450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21291 53104
6451 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6454 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6455 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6456 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6457 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6458 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6459 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6461 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6463 ;;;***
6465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21291 53104 0
6466 ;;;;;; 0))
6467 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6469 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6470 Return a new, empty display table.
6472 \(fn)" nil nil)
6474 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6475 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6476 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6477 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6478 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6480 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6482 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6483 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6484 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6485 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6486 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6488 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6490 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6491 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6493 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6495 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6496 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6498 \(fn)" t nil)
6500 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6501 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6503 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6504 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6506 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6507 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6508 byte.
6510 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6511 in the default way after this call.
6513 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6515 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6516 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6518 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6520 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6521 Display character C using printable string S.
6523 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6525 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6526 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6527 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6528 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6530 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6532 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6533 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6534 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6535 X frame.
6537 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6539 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6540 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6542 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6544 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6545 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6547 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6549 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6550 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6552 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6554 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6555 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6557 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6559 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6560 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6562 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6564 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6565 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6567 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6568 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6570 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6571 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6573 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6574 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6575 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6576 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6578 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6579 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6580 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6581 in `.emacs'.
6583 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6585 ;;;***
6587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21291 53104
6588 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6589 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6591 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6592 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6593 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6594 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6595 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6596 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6597 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6598 Default is 2.
6600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6602 ;;;***
6604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6605 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6607 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6608 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6609 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6610 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6611 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6612 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6613 private or ask).
6614 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6615 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6616 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6617 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6618 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6620 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6622 ;;;***
6624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21291 53104
6625 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6626 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6628 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6629 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6630 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6631 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6632 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6633 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6634 table and its own syntax table.
6636 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6638 \(fn)" t nil)
6639 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6641 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6642 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6644 \(fn)" t nil)
6646 ;;;***
6648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21578 13627 353178
6649 ;;;;;; 0))
6650 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6652 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6653 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6654 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6655 OpenDocument format).
6657 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6659 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6660 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6662 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6663 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6665 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6666 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6667 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6669 \(fn)" t nil)
6671 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6672 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6673 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6674 to the next best mode.
6676 \(fn)" nil nil)
6678 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6679 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6680 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6681 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6682 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6684 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6688 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6691 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6693 ;;;***
6695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6696 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6698 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6699 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6701 \(fn)" t nil)
6703 ;;;***
6705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6706 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6708 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6709 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6711 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6712 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6714 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6715 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6719 ;;;***
6721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6722 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6723 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6725 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6726 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6728 \(fn)" t nil)
6730 ;;;***
6732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21291
6733 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
6734 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6736 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6738 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6739 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6740 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6741 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6742 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6744 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6745 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6746 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6747 and disables it otherwise.
6749 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6750 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6751 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6752 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6754 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6755 documenting what its argument does.
6757 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6758 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6759 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6760 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6761 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6762 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6763 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6764 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6766 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6767 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6768 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6769 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6770 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6771 mode is global):
6773 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6774 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6775 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6776 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6777 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6778 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6779 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6780 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6781 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6782 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6783 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6784 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6785 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6786 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6787 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6788 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6789 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6790 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6791 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6792 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6793 in :variable).
6795 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6796 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6798 For example, you could write
6799 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6800 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6801 ...BODY CODE...)
6803 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6805 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6807 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6809 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6811 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6812 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6813 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6814 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6815 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6816 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6817 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6818 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6819 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6820 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6821 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6822 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6824 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6825 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6826 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6827 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6828 call another major mode in their body.
6830 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6831 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6832 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6834 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6836 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6838 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6839 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6840 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6841 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6842 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6843 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6844 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6846 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6848 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6849 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6850 :inherit Parent keymap.
6851 :group Ignored.
6852 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6853 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6855 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6857 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6858 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6859 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6860 the constant's documentation.
6862 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6864 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6865 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6866 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6868 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6870 ;;;***
6872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21291
6873 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
6874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6876 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6877 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6878 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6879 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6881 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6882 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6883 as a top-level menu bar item.
6885 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6886 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6887 pairs:
6889 :filter FUNCTION
6890 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6891 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6892 items to actually display.
6894 :visible INCLUDE
6895 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6896 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6897 alias for `:visible'.
6899 :active ENABLE
6900 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6901 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6902 an alias for `:active'.
6904 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6905 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6907 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6909 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6911 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6912 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6914 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6915 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6917 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6919 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6921 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6922 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6924 :keys KEYS
6925 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6926 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6927 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6928 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6930 :key-sequence KEYS
6931 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6932 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6933 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6934 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6936 :active ENABLE
6937 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6938 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6939 alias for `:active'.
6941 :visible INCLUDE
6942 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6943 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6944 `:visible'.
6946 :label FORM
6947 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6948 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6950 :suffix FORM
6951 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6952 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6954 :style STYLE
6955 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6956 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6957 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6959 :selected SELECTED
6960 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6961 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6963 :help HELP
6964 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6966 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6967 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6968 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6970 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6971 MENU. This is a submenu.
6973 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6975 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6977 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6980 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6982 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6983 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6984 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6985 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6987 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6989 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6990 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6991 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6992 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6993 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6994 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6996 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6997 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6998 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7000 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7001 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7002 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7004 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7005 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7007 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7009 ;;;***
7011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21291 53104
7012 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7013 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7014 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7016 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7017 Customization for ebnf group.
7019 \(fn)" t nil)
7021 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7022 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7024 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7026 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7027 processed.
7029 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7031 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7033 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7034 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7036 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7037 killed after process termination.
7039 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7041 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7043 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7044 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7046 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7047 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7048 it to the printer.
7050 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7051 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7052 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7053 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7055 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7057 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7058 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7059 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7061 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7063 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7064 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7066 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7068 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7069 processed.
7071 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7073 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7075 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7076 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7078 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7079 killed after process termination.
7081 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7083 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7085 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7086 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7087 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7088 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7090 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7092 \(fn)" t nil)
7094 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7095 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7096 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7098 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7100 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7102 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7103 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7105 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7107 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7108 processed.
7110 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7112 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7114 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7115 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7117 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7118 killed after EPS generation.
7120 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7122 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7124 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7125 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7127 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7128 The EPS file name has the following form:
7130 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7132 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7133 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7135 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7136 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7137 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7138 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7139 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7141 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7142 files.
7144 \(fn)" t nil)
7146 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7147 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7149 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7150 The EPS file name has the following form:
7152 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7154 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7155 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7157 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7158 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7159 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7160 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7161 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7163 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7164 files.
7166 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7168 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7170 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7171 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7173 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7175 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7176 are processed.
7178 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7180 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7182 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7183 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7185 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7186 killed after syntax checking.
7188 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7190 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7192 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7193 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7195 \(fn)" t nil)
7197 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7198 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7200 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7202 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7203 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7205 \(fn)" nil nil)
7207 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7208 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7210 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7212 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7214 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7215 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7217 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7219 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7221 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7222 Delete style NAME.
7224 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7226 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7228 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7229 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7231 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7233 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7235 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7236 Set STYLE as the current style.
7238 Returns the old style symbol.
7240 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7242 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7244 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7245 Reset current style.
7247 Returns the old style symbol.
7249 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7251 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7256 Returns the old style symbol.
7258 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7260 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7262 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7264 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7265 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7267 Returns the old style symbol.
7269 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7271 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7273 \(fn)" t nil)
7275 ;;;***
7277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21291 53104
7278 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7281 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7282 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7283 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7284 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7285 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7286 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7288 Tree mode key bindings:
7289 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7291 \(fn)" t nil)
7293 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7294 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7296 \(fn)" t nil)
7298 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7299 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7301 \(fn)" t nil)
7303 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7304 View declaration of member at point.
7306 \(fn)" t nil)
7308 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7309 Find declaration of member at point.
7311 \(fn)" t nil)
7313 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7314 View definition of member at point.
7316 \(fn)" t nil)
7318 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7319 Find definition of member at point.
7321 \(fn)" t nil)
7323 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7324 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7326 \(fn)" t nil)
7328 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7329 View definition of member at point in other window.
7331 \(fn)" t nil)
7333 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7334 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7336 \(fn)" t nil)
7338 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7339 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7341 \(fn)" t nil)
7343 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7344 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7346 \(fn)" t nil)
7348 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7349 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7351 \(fn)" t nil)
7353 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7354 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7355 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7356 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7357 completion.
7359 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7361 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7362 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7363 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7364 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7366 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7368 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7369 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7370 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7371 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7373 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7375 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7376 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7377 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7379 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7381 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7382 Search for call sites of a member.
7383 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7384 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7385 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7386 looks like a function call to the member.
7388 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7390 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7391 Move backward in the position stack.
7392 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7394 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7396 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7397 Move forward in the position stack.
7398 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7400 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7402 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7403 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7405 \(fn)" t nil)
7407 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7408 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7410 \(fn)" t nil)
7412 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7413 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7414 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7415 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7417 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7419 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7420 Display statistics for a class tree.
7422 \(fn)" t nil)
7424 ;;;***
7426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21291 53104 0
7427 ;;;;;; 0))
7428 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7430 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7431 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7432 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7433 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7434 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7435 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7436 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7438 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7440 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7441 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7442 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7443 also has this effect.
7444 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7445 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7446 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7447 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7448 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7449 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7450 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7451 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7452 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7453 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7455 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7457 ;;;***
7459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7460 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7462 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7463 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7464 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7466 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7468 ;;;***
7470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21291 53104
7471 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7472 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7474 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7477 \(fn)" nil nil)
7479 ;;;***
7481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21346 62196 0 0))
7482 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7483 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7485 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7486 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7487 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7488 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7489 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7490 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7492 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7494 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7495 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7497 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7498 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7500 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7501 an EDE controlled project.
7503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7505 ;;;***
7507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21433 12343
7508 ;;;;;; 302925 0))
7509 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7511 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7512 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7513 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7514 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7515 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7517 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7518 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7519 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7520 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7522 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7524 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7525 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7526 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7527 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7529 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7531 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7532 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7533 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7534 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7536 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7538 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7540 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7541 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7542 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7543 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7544 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7546 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7547 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7548 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7549 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7550 instrumented for Edebug.
7552 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7553 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7554 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7555 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7556 already is one.)
7558 \(fn)" t nil)
7560 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7561 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7563 \(fn)" t nil)
7565 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7566 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7568 \(fn)" t nil)
7570 ;;;***
7572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21423 62909 33477 0))
7573 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7574 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7576 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7577 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7579 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7581 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7582 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7584 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7586 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7588 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7590 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7591 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7592 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7593 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7595 \(fn)" t nil)
7597 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7598 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7599 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7600 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7602 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7604 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7605 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7607 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7609 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7611 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7612 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7614 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7616 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7618 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7619 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7620 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7621 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7623 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7625 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7627 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7628 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7629 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7630 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7632 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7634 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7636 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7637 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7638 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7639 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7641 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7643 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7645 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7646 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7647 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7648 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7650 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7652 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7654 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7655 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7656 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7657 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7658 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7659 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7661 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7663 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7664 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7665 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7666 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7668 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7670 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7672 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7673 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7674 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7675 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7677 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7679 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7681 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7683 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7684 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7685 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7686 follows:
7687 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7688 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7690 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7692 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7693 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7694 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7695 follows:
7696 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7697 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7699 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7701 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7702 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7703 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7704 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7705 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7707 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7709 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7710 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7711 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7712 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7713 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7714 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7716 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7718 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7720 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7721 Merge two files without ancestor.
7723 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7725 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7726 Merge two files with ancestor.
7728 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7730 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7732 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7733 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7735 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7737 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7738 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7740 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7742 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7743 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7744 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7745 buffer.
7747 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7749 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7750 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7751 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7752 buffer.
7754 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7756 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7757 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7758 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7759 and don't ask the user.
7760 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7761 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7763 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7765 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7766 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7767 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7768 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7769 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7770 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7771 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7772 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7774 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7776 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7778 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7780 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7781 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7782 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7783 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7784 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7786 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7788 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7790 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7791 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7792 When called interactively, displays the version.
7794 \(fn)" t nil)
7796 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7797 Display Ediff's manual.
7798 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7800 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7802 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7805 \(fn)" nil nil)
7807 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7810 \(fn)" nil nil)
7812 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7815 \(fn)" nil nil)
7817 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7820 \(fn)" nil nil)
7822 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7825 \(fn)" nil nil)
7827 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7830 \(fn)" nil nil)
7832 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7835 \(fn)" nil nil)
7837 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7840 \(fn)" nil nil)
7842 ;;;***
7844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21291 53104
7845 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7846 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7848 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7851 \(fn)" t nil)
7853 ;;;***
7855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21423 62909
7856 ;;;;;; 33477 0))
7857 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7859 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7860 Display Ediff's registry.
7862 \(fn)" t nil)
7864 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7866 ;;;***
7868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21349 10841
7869 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7870 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7872 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7873 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7874 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7875 which see.
7877 \(fn)" t nil)
7879 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7880 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7881 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7882 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7884 \(fn)" t nil)
7886 ;;;***
7888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7889 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7890 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7892 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7893 Edit a keyboard macro.
7894 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7895 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7896 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7897 its command name.
7898 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7900 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7902 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7903 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7905 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7907 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7908 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7910 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7912 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7913 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7914 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7915 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7916 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7917 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7919 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7920 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7921 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7922 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7924 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7926 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7927 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7928 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7929 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7930 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7931 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7933 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7935 ;;;***
7937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7938 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7940 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7941 Set scroll margins.
7942 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7943 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7945 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7947 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7948 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7950 \(fn)" t nil)
7952 ;;;***
7954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21423 62909 33477 0))
7955 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7957 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7958 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7959 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7960 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7961 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7962 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7963 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7965 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7966 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7968 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7969 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7970 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7971 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7973 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7974 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7975 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7977 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7978 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7979 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7981 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7983 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7986 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7988 ;;;***
7990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21364 41525
7991 ;;;;;; 730218 0))
7992 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
7993 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7995 ;;;***
7997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21291
7998 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
7999 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8000 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8002 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8003 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8004 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8005 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8006 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8007 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8008 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8010 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8012 ;;;***
8014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21291 53104
8015 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8016 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8018 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8019 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8021 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8023 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8024 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8025 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8026 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8027 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8029 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8030 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8031 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8032 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8033 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8034 expression point is on.
8036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8038 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8040 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8041 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8042 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8043 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8044 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8045 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8046 arg list.
8048 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8049 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8050 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8051 effect.
8053 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8054 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8056 ;;;***
8058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
8059 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8061 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8062 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8064 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8065 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8066 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8068 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8070 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8071 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8072 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8073 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8074 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8075 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8077 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8079 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8080 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8081 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8082 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8083 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8085 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8086 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8087 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8091 ;;;***
8093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21291 53104 0
8094 ;;;;;; 0))
8095 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8097 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8098 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8100 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8101 an elided material again.
8103 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8107 ;;;***
8109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21291 53104
8110 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8113 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8114 Lint the file FILE.
8116 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8118 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8119 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8120 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8122 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8124 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8125 Lint the current buffer.
8126 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8128 \(fn)" t nil)
8130 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8131 Lint the function at point.
8132 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8134 \(fn)" t nil)
8136 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8137 Initialize elint.
8138 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8139 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8141 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8143 ;;;***
8145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8146 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8148 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8149 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8150 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8152 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8154 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8155 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8156 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8157 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8159 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8161 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8162 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8163 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8165 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8167 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8169 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8170 Display current profiling results.
8171 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8172 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8173 displayed.
8175 \(fn)" t nil)
8177 ;;;***
8179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21291 53104 0
8180 ;;;;;; 0))
8181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8183 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8184 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8185 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8186 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8187 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8188 ARG is omitted or nil.
8190 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8191 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8192 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8193 used instead.
8195 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8197 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8198 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8199 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8201 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8205 ;;;***
8207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21295 7741 0
8208 ;;;;;; 0))
8209 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8211 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8212 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8213 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8215 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8217 ;;;***
8219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21363 20664 637808
8220 ;;;;;; 0))
8221 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8223 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8224 Run Emerge on two files.
8226 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8228 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8229 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8231 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8233 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8234 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8236 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8238 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8239 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8241 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8243 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8246 \(fn)" nil nil)
8248 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8251 \(fn)" nil nil)
8253 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8256 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8258 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8261 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8263 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8264 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8266 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8268 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8269 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8271 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8273 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8276 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8278 ;;;***
8280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21291 53104
8281 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8282 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8284 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8285 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8286 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8287 text/enriched format.
8289 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8290 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8291 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8293 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8295 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8296 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8298 Commands:
8300 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8304 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8307 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8309 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8312 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8314 ;;;***
8316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8317 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8319 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8320 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8322 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8324 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8325 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8327 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8329 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8330 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8331 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8332 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8333 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8334 the keys are listed.
8335 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8337 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8339 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8340 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8341 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8343 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8345 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8346 Verify FILE.
8348 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8350 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8351 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8353 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8355 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8356 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8358 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8360 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8361 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8363 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8364 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8365 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8366 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8368 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8369 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8370 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8371 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8372 should consider using the string based counterpart
8373 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8374 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8376 For example:
8378 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8379 (decode-coding-string
8380 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8381 'utf-8))
8383 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8385 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8386 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8388 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8389 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8391 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8393 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8394 Verify the current region between START and END.
8396 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8397 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8398 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8399 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8400 should consider using the string based counterpart
8401 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8402 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8404 For example:
8406 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8407 (decode-coding-string
8408 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8409 'utf-8))
8411 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8413 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8414 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8415 between START and END.
8417 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8418 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8420 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8422 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8423 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8425 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8426 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8427 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8428 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8429 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8430 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8432 For example:
8434 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8435 (epg-sign-string
8436 context
8437 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8439 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8441 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8442 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8444 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8445 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8446 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8447 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8448 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8449 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8451 For example:
8453 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8454 (epg-encrypt-string
8455 context
8456 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8457 nil))
8459 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8461 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8462 Delete selected KEYS.
8464 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8466 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8467 Import keys from FILE.
8469 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8471 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8472 Import keys from the region.
8474 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8476 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8477 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8478 between START and END.
8480 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8482 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8483 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8485 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8487 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8488 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8490 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8492 ;;;***
8494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8495 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8497 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8498 Decrypt marked files.
8500 \(fn)" t nil)
8502 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8503 Verify marked files.
8505 \(fn)" t nil)
8507 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8508 Sign marked files.
8510 \(fn)" t nil)
8512 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8513 Encrypt marked files.
8515 \(fn)" t nil)
8517 ;;;***
8519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8520 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8522 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8525 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8527 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8530 \(fn)" t nil)
8532 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8535 \(fn)" t nil)
8537 ;;;***
8539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8540 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8542 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8543 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8544 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8545 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8546 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8550 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8551 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8552 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8554 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8556 \(fn)" t nil)
8558 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8559 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8560 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8562 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8564 \(fn)" t nil)
8566 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8567 Sign the current buffer.
8568 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8570 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8572 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8574 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8575 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8576 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8577 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8578 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8579 and also whether and how to sign.
8581 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8582 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8583 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8585 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8587 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8589 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8590 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8591 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8593 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8595 \(fn)" t nil)
8597 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8598 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8599 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8600 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8601 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8602 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8604 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8606 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8607 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8608 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8609 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8610 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8614 ;;;***
8616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8617 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8618 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8620 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8621 Return a context object.
8623 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8625 ;;;***
8627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21574 16579 173517
8628 ;;;;;; 0))
8629 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8631 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8632 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8634 \(fn)" nil nil)
8636 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8637 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8639 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8641 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8642 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8644 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8646 ;;;***
8648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8649 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8650 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8652 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8653 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8655 \(fn)" nil nil)
8657 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8658 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8659 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8661 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8663 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8664 (server (erc-compute-server))
8665 (port (erc-compute-port))
8666 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8667 password
8668 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8670 That is, if called with
8672 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8674 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8675 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8676 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8678 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8680 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8682 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8683 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8684 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8686 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8688 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8689 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8690 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8691 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8693 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8695 ;;;***
8697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21291
8698 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
8699 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8700 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8702 ;;;***
8704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21291 53104
8705 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8707 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8709 ;;;***
8711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21291 53104
8712 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8713 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8714 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8716 ;;;***
8718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21291 53104
8719 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8720 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8721 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8723 ;;;***
8725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8726 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8727 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8729 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8730 Parser for /dcc command.
8731 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8732 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8733 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8735 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8737 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8738 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8740 \(fn)" nil nil)
8742 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8743 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8745 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8746 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8747 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8748 that subcommand.
8750 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8752 ;;;***
8754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8755 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
8756 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8757 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8759 ;;;***
8761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21291
8762 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
8763 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8765 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8766 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8768 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8770 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8771 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8772 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8773 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8775 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8777 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8780 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8782 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8783 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8785 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8787 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8788 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8790 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8792 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8793 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8795 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8797 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8798 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8800 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8802 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8803 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8805 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8807 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8808 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8810 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8812 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8813 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8815 \(fn)" nil nil)
8817 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8818 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8820 \(fn)" nil nil)
8822 ;;;***
8824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21291 53104 0
8825 ;;;;;; 0))
8826 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8827 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8829 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8830 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8831 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8833 \(fn)" nil nil)
8835 ;;;***
8837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21291 53104
8838 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8839 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8840 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8842 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8843 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8844 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8845 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8846 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8847 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8848 system.
8850 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8852 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8855 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8857 ;;;***
8859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21291 53104
8860 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8861 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8863 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8866 \(fn)" nil nil)
8868 ;;;***
8870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21291 53104 0
8871 ;;;;;; 0))
8872 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8873 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8875 ;;;***
8877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21307 46976 0
8878 ;;;;;; 0))
8879 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8880 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8882 ;;;***
8884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8885 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8886 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8888 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8889 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8890 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8891 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8892 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8893 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8895 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8897 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8898 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8899 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8900 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8902 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8903 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8904 automatically.
8906 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8907 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8909 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8911 ;;;***
8913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21291 53104
8914 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8916 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8918 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8919 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8921 \(fn)" t nil)
8923 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8924 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8926 \(fn)" t nil)
8928 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8929 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8931 \(fn)" t nil)
8933 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8934 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8936 \(fn)" t nil)
8938 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8939 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8941 \(fn)" t nil)
8943 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8944 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8946 \(fn)" t nil)
8948 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8949 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8951 \(fn)" t nil)
8953 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8954 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8956 \(fn)" t nil)
8958 ;;;***
8960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21291 53104 0
8961 ;;;;;; 0))
8962 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8963 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8965 ;;;***
8967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21291
8968 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
8969 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8970 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8972 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8973 Show who's gone.
8975 \(fn)" nil nil)
8977 ;;;***
8979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21291
8980 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
8981 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8983 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8984 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8985 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8986 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8988 \(fn)" nil nil)
8990 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8991 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8993 \(fn)" t nil)
8995 ;;;***
8997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21291 53104
8998 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8999 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9000 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9002 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9003 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9004 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9005 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9007 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9009 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9012 \(fn)" nil nil)
9014 ;;;***
9016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21291 53104 0
9017 ;;;;;; 0))
9018 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9019 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9021 ;;;***
9023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21291
9024 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9025 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9026 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9028 ;;;***
9030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21291 53104
9031 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9032 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9033 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9035 ;;;***
9037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21291 53104 0
9038 ;;;;;; 0))
9039 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9040 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9042 ;;;***
9044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21291
9045 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9047 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9049 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9050 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9052 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9054 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9055 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9056 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9058 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9060 ;;;***
9062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21291 53104
9063 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9065 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9067 ;;;***
9069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21291
9070 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9071 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9073 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9074 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9075 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9077 \(fn)" t nil)
9079 ;;;***
9081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21291
9082 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9083 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9084 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9086 ;;;***
9088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21291 53104
9089 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9090 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9091 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9093 ;;;***
9095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21574 16579
9096 ;;;;;; 173517 0))
9097 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9099 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9100 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9101 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9103 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9105 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9106 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9107 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9108 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9109 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9111 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9112 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9113 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9114 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9117 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9119 ;;;***
9121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21291
9122 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9124 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9126 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9127 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9128 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9129 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9131 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9133 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9134 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9135 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9137 \(fn)" t nil)
9139 ;;;***
9141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21291 53104 0
9142 ;;;;;; 0))
9143 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9144 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9146 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9147 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9149 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9151 ;;;***
9153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9156 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9157 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9159 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9160 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9162 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9163 useful for assertions in BODY.
9165 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9167 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9168 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9169 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9171 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9173 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9175 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9177 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9178 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9180 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9181 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9182 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9183 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9185 Returns the stats object.
9187 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9189 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9190 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9192 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9193 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9194 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9195 the tests).
9197 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9199 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9200 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9202 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9203 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9204 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9205 and how to display message.
9207 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9209 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9211 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9212 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9214 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9216 ;;;***
9218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21291 53104
9219 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9222 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9224 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9225 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9227 \(fn)" t nil)
9229 ;;;***
9231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21291 53104
9232 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9233 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9235 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9236 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9238 \(fn)" t nil)
9240 ;;;***
9242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21291 53104 0
9243 ;;;;;; 0))
9244 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9245 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9247 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9248 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9249 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9250 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9251 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9252 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9253 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9254 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9255 buffer selected (or created).
9257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9259 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9260 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9261 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9263 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9265 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9266 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9267 The result might be any Lisp object.
9268 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9269 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9270 corresponding to a successful execution.
9272 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9274 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9276 ;;;***
9278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21291 53104 0
9279 ;;;;;; 0))
9280 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9282 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9283 File name of tags table.
9284 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9285 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9286 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9287 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9288 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9290 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9291 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9292 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9293 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9295 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9297 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9298 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9299 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9300 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9301 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9302 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9304 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9306 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9307 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9308 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9310 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9312 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9313 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9314 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9315 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9316 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9318 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9320 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9321 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9322 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9323 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9325 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9327 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9328 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9329 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9330 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9331 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9333 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9335 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9336 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9338 \(fn)" t nil)
9340 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9341 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9342 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9343 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9345 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9346 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9347 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9348 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9349 file the tag was in.
9351 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9353 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9354 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9355 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9356 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9357 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9358 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9359 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9360 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9361 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9363 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9365 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9366 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9367 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9368 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9369 without directory names.
9371 \(fn)" nil nil)
9372 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9373 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9374 (progn
9375 (load "etags")
9376 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9378 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9379 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9380 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9381 but does not select the buffer.
9382 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9384 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9385 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9386 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9387 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9388 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9390 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9392 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9393 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9394 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9396 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9398 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9400 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9401 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9402 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9403 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9405 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9406 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9407 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9408 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9409 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9411 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9413 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9414 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9415 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9417 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9419 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9420 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9422 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9423 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9424 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9425 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9426 around or before point.
9428 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9429 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9430 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9431 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9432 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9434 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9436 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9437 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9438 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9440 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9442 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9443 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9445 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9446 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9447 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9448 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9449 around or before point.
9451 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9452 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9453 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9454 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9455 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9457 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9459 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9460 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9461 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9463 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9465 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9466 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9468 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9469 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9470 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9472 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9473 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9474 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9475 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9476 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9478 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9480 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9481 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9482 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9484 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9486 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9487 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9488 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9490 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9491 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9493 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9494 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9495 where they were found.
9497 \(fn)" t nil)
9499 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9500 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9502 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9503 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9504 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9506 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9507 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9509 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9510 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9512 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9514 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9515 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9516 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9517 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9519 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9520 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9521 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9522 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9523 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9525 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9526 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9528 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9529 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9530 Stops when a match is found.
9531 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9533 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9534 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9535 restricted to these files.
9537 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9539 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9541 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9542 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9543 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9544 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9545 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9546 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9547 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9548 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9550 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9551 produce the list of files to search.
9553 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9555 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9557 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9558 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9559 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9560 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9561 directory specification.
9563 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9565 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9566 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9568 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9570 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9571 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9572 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9573 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9575 \(fn)" t nil)
9577 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9578 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9579 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9580 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9581 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9583 \(fn)" t nil)
9585 ;;;***
9587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21291
9588 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9589 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9591 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9594 \(fn)" nil nil)
9596 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9597 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9599 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9600 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9602 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9603 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9604 primary language.
9606 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9607 even if the buffer is read-only.
9609 See also the descriptions of the variables
9610 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9612 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9614 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9615 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9617 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9618 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9620 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9621 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9622 primary language.
9624 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9625 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9627 See also the descriptions of the variables
9628 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9630 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9632 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9633 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9634 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9635 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9637 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9639 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9640 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9641 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9642 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9644 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9645 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9646 primary language.
9648 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9649 buffer is read-only.
9651 See also the descriptions of the variables
9652 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9653 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9655 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9657 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9658 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9660 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9661 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9663 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9664 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9665 the primary language.
9667 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9668 buffer is read-only.
9670 See also the descriptions of the variables
9671 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9672 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9674 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9676 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9677 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9678 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9680 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9682 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9683 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9685 \(fn)" t nil)
9687 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9688 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9690 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9691 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9692 be 1, 2, or 3.
9694 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9695 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9696 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9698 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9700 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9702 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9703 This function is deprecated.
9705 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9707 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9708 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9710 \(fn)" t nil)
9712 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9713 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9715 \(fn)" t nil)
9717 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9718 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9720 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9721 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9723 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9724 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9726 \(fn)" nil nil)
9728 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9729 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9731 \(fn)" nil nil)
9733 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9734 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9736 \(fn)" nil nil)
9738 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9739 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9741 \(fn)" nil nil)
9743 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9744 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9745 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9747 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9749 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9752 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9754 ;;;***
9756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9757 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9759 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9760 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9761 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9762 server for future sessions.
9764 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9766 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9767 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9768 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9770 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9772 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9773 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9774 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9776 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9778 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9779 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9780 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9781 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9782 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9783 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9784 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9785 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9786 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9787 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9788 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9789 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9791 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9793 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9794 Display a form to query the directory server.
9795 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9796 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9798 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9800 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9801 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9802 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9804 \(fn)" t nil)
9806 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9808 ;;;***
9810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21291 53104 0
9811 ;;;;;; 0))
9812 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9814 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9815 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9817 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9819 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9820 Display URL and make it clickable.
9822 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9824 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9825 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9827 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9829 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9830 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9832 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9834 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9835 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9837 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9839 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9840 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9842 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9844 ;;;***
9846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21291 53104
9847 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9848 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9850 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9851 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9852 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9854 \(fn)" t nil)
9856 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9857 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9859 \(fn)" t nil)
9861 ;;;***
9863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21291
9864 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9865 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9867 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9868 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9870 \(fn)" t nil)
9872 ;;;***
9874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21291 53104 0
9875 ;;;;;; 0))
9876 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9878 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9879 Create an empty ewoc.
9881 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9883 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9884 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9885 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9886 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9887 `insert-before-markers'.
9889 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9890 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9891 respectively, of the ewoc.
9893 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9894 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9895 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9897 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9899 ;;;***
9901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21420 48935 113702 389000))
9902 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9904 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9905 Fetch URL and render the page.
9906 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9907 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9909 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9910 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9912 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9913 Render a file using EWW.
9915 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9917 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9920 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9922 ;;;***
9924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21291
9925 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9926 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9928 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9929 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9930 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9932 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9934 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9935 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9936 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9937 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9938 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9940 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9942 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9943 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9944 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9945 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9946 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9947 executable.
9949 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9951 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9952 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9953 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9955 \(fn)" t nil)
9957 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9958 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9959 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9960 file modes.
9962 \(fn)" nil nil)
9964 ;;;***
9966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9967 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9969 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9970 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
9971 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9972 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9974 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9976 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9977 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9978 to generate such functions.
9980 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9981 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9982 beginning of the expanded text.
9984 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9985 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9986 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9987 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9989 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9991 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9993 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9994 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9995 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9997 \(fn)" nil nil)
9999 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10000 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10001 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10003 \(fn)" t nil)
10005 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10006 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10007 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10009 \(fn)" t nil)
10010 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10011 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10013 ;;;***
10015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21423 62909 33477
10016 ;;;;;; 0))
10017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10019 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10020 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10021 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10023 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10024 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10025 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10027 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10029 Key definitions:
10030 \\{f90-mode-map}
10032 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10034 `f90-do-indent'
10035 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10036 `f90-if-indent'
10037 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10038 `f90-type-indent'
10039 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10040 `f90-program-indent'
10041 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10042 (default 2).
10043 `f90-associate-indent'
10044 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10045 `f90-critical-indent'
10046 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10047 `f90-continuation-indent'
10048 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10049 `f90-comment-region'
10050 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10051 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10052 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10053 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10054 (default \"!\").
10055 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10056 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10057 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10058 `f90-break-delimiters'
10059 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10060 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10061 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10062 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10063 (default t).
10064 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10065 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10066 `f90-smart-end'
10067 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10068 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10069 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10070 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10071 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10072 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10073 `f90-leave-line-no'
10074 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10076 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10077 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10079 \(fn)" t nil)
10081 ;;;***
10083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21291 53104 0
10084 ;;;;;; 0))
10085 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10087 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10088 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10089 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10090 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10092 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10093 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10094 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10095 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10096 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10098 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10099 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10100 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10101 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10102 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10103 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10104 attributes.
10106 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10107 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10109 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10111 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10112 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10113 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10114 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10116 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10118 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10119 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10120 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10121 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10123 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10124 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10125 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10127 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10128 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10129 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10130 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10132 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10134 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10135 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10136 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10138 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10139 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10140 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10141 the same amount).
10143 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10145 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10146 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10147 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10149 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10150 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10151 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10152 will remove any scaling currently active.
10154 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10156 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10157 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10158 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10160 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10161 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10162 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10163 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10164 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10166 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10167 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10169 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10171 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10172 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10174 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10175 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10176 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10178 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10179 the face height as long as the input event read
10180 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10182 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10183 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10184 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10185 will remove any scaling currently active.
10187 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10188 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10189 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10190 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10191 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10193 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10195 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10196 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10197 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10198 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10199 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10200 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10204 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10205 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10206 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10207 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10208 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10209 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10210 `buffer-face-mode'.
10212 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10213 local, and sets it to FACE.
10215 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10217 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10218 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10219 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10220 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10221 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10222 `face' text property.
10224 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10225 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10226 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10227 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10229 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10230 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10232 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10234 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10235 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10236 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10237 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10241 ;;;***
10243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21291 53104
10244 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10246 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10248 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10249 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10250 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10251 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10253 \(fn)" nil nil)
10255 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10256 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10260 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10261 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10262 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10263 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10267 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10268 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10269 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10270 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10271 backup file names and the like).
10273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10275 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10276 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10277 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10278 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10279 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10280 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10281 internally by feedmail):
10283 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10284 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10285 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10286 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10288 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10289 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10290 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10291 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10292 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10294 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10296 ;;;***
10298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10299 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10301 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10302 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10303 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10304 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10305 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10306 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10307 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10309 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10311 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10312 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10313 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10314 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10315 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10316 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10317 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10319 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10321 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10323 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10324 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10325 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10326 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10327 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10328 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10330 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10332 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10333 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10334 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10335 Return value:
10336 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10337 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10338 * otherwise, nil
10340 \(fn E)" t nil)
10342 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10343 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10344 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10346 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10348 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10349 Try to get a file name at point.
10350 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10352 \(fn)" nil nil)
10354 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10355 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10357 \(fn)" t nil)
10359 ;;;***
10361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10362 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10364 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10365 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10366 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10367 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10369 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10371 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10372 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10373 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10374 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10375 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10376 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10378 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10380 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10381 Add FILE to the file cache.
10383 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10385 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10386 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10387 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10389 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10391 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10392 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10393 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10395 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10397 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10398 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10399 This function does not use any external programs.
10400 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10401 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10402 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10404 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10406 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10407 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10408 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10409 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10410 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10411 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10412 \(directories) is done.
10414 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10416 ;;;***
10418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21291 53104 0
10419 ;;;;;; 0))
10420 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10422 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10423 Handle file system monitoring event.
10424 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10425 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10427 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10429 ;;;***
10431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10432 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10434 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10435 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10437 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10438 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10439 Local Variables list.
10441 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10442 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10443 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10445 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10447 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10448 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10450 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10452 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10453 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10455 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10456 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10457 the -*- line.
10459 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10460 then this function adds it.
10462 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10464 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10465 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10467 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10469 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10470 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10472 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10474 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10475 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10477 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10479 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10480 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10482 \(fn)" t nil)
10484 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10485 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10487 \(fn)" t nil)
10489 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10490 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10492 \(fn)" t nil)
10494 ;;;***
10496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10497 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10499 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10500 Filesets initialization.
10501 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10503 \(fn)" nil nil)
10505 ;;;***
10507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10508 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10509 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10511 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10512 Initiate the building of a find command.
10513 For example:
10515 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10516 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10517 (mtime \"+1\"))
10518 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10520 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10521 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10523 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10525 ;;;***
10527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21291 53104 0
10528 ;;;;;; 0))
10529 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10531 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10532 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10533 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10535 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10537 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10538 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10540 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10542 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10543 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10544 and run Dired on those files.
10545 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10546 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10548 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10550 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10552 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10554 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10555 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10556 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10558 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10559 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10561 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10562 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10564 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10566 ;;;***
10568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10569 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10571 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10572 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10573 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10574 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10575 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10576 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10577 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10579 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10581 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10582 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10583 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10585 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10587 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10589 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10591 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10592 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10593 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10595 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10596 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10598 Variables of interest include:
10600 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10601 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10602 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10604 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10605 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10606 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10608 - `ff-ignore-include'
10609 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10611 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10612 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10614 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10615 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10617 - `ff-special-constructs'
10618 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10619 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10620 extracting the filename from that construct.
10622 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10623 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10625 - `ff-search-directories'
10626 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10627 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10629 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10630 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10632 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10633 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10635 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10636 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10638 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10639 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10641 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10642 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10644 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10646 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10647 Visit the file you click on.
10649 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10651 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10652 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10654 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10656 ;;;***
10658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21291
10659 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
10660 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10662 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10663 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10664 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10666 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10668 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10669 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10670 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10671 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10673 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10674 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10675 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10676 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10678 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10680 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10681 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10683 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10684 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10685 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10686 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10688 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10689 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10690 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10692 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10693 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10694 in `load-path'.
10696 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10698 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10699 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10701 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10702 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10703 places point before the definition.
10704 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10706 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10707 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10708 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10710 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10712 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10713 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10715 See `find-function' for more details.
10717 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10719 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10720 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10722 See `find-function' for more details.
10724 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10726 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10727 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10729 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10730 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10731 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10733 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10734 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10736 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10738 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10739 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10741 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10742 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10743 places point before the definition.
10745 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10747 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10748 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10749 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10751 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10753 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10754 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10756 See `find-variable' for more details.
10758 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10760 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10761 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10763 See `find-variable' for more details.
10765 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10767 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10768 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10769 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10770 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10771 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10772 buffer nor display it.
10774 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10775 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10777 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10779 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10780 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10782 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10783 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10784 places point before the definition.
10786 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10788 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10789 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10790 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10792 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10794 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10795 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10796 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10798 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10800 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10801 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10803 \(fn)" t nil)
10805 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10806 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10808 \(fn)" t nil)
10810 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10811 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10813 \(fn)" nil nil)
10815 ;;;***
10817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10818 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10820 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10821 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10823 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10825 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10826 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10828 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10830 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10831 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10833 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10835 ;;;***
10837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21423 62909 33477 0))
10838 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10839 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10841 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10842 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10844 \(fn)" t nil)
10846 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10847 Display FILE's commentary section.
10848 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10850 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10852 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10853 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10855 \(fn)" t nil)
10857 ;;;***
10859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10860 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10862 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10863 Toggle flow control handling.
10864 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10865 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10867 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10869 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10870 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10871 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10872 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10873 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10874 to get the effect of a C-q.
10876 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10878 ;;;***
10880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21291 53104
10881 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10884 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10887 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10889 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10892 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10894 ;;;***
10896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21291 53104
10897 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10898 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10899 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10901 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10902 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10903 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10904 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10905 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10906 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10910 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10911 Turn flymake mode on.
10913 \(fn)" nil nil)
10915 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10916 Turn flymake mode off.
10918 \(fn)" nil nil)
10920 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10923 \(fn)" nil nil)
10925 ;;;***
10927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21291 53104
10928 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10929 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10931 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10932 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10934 \(fn)" t nil)
10935 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10937 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10938 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10939 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10940 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10941 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10943 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10944 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10945 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10947 Bindings:
10948 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10949 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10950 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10951 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10953 Hooks:
10954 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10956 Remark:
10957 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10958 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10959 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10961 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10962 consider adding:
10963 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10964 in your init file.
10966 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10967 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10971 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10972 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10974 \(fn)" nil nil)
10976 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10977 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10979 \(fn)" nil nil)
10981 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10982 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10984 \(fn)" nil nil)
10986 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10987 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10989 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10991 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10992 Flyspell whole buffer.
10994 \(fn)" t nil)
10996 ;;;***
10998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10999 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11000 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11002 ;;;***
11004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
11005 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11007 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11008 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11010 \(fn)" nil nil)
11012 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11013 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11015 \(fn)" nil nil)
11017 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11018 Toggle Follow mode.
11019 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11020 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11021 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11023 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11024 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11026 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11027 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11028 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11030 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11031 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11032 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11033 movement commands.
11035 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11036 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11037 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11038 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11039 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11040 mileage may vary).
11042 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11043 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11045 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11047 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11049 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11050 \\{follow-mode-map}
11052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11054 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11055 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11057 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11058 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11059 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11060 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11061 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11062 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11064 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11065 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11066 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11070 ;;;***
11072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21291 53104
11073 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11074 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11075 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11077 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11078 Toggle Footnote mode.
11079 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11080 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11081 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11083 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11084 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11085 play around with the following keys:
11086 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11090 ;;;***
11092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
11093 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11095 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11096 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11098 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11099 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11100 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11101 C-c < forms-first-record <
11102 C-c > forms-last-record >
11103 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11104 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11105 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11106 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11107 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11108 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11109 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11110 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11111 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11112 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11114 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11116 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11117 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11119 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11121 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11122 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11124 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11126 ;;;***
11128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21291 53104
11129 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11132 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11133 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11134 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11136 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11137 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11139 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11141 Key definitions:
11142 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11144 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11146 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11147 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11148 `fortran-do-indent'
11149 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11150 `fortran-if-indent'
11151 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11152 `fortran-structure-indent'
11153 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11154 (default 3)
11155 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11156 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11157 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11158 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11159 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11160 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11161 nil don't change the indentation
11162 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11163 value of either
11164 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11165 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11166 depending on the continuation format in use.
11167 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11168 indentation for a line of code.
11169 (default 'fixed)
11170 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11171 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11172 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11173 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11174 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11175 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11176 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11177 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11178 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11179 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11180 column 5.
11181 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11182 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11183 statements (default nil).
11184 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11185 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11186 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11187 `fortran-continuation-string'
11188 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11189 line (default \"$\").
11190 `fortran-comment-region'
11191 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11192 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11193 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11194 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11195 as typed (default t).
11196 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11197 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11199 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11200 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11202 \(fn)" t nil)
11204 ;;;***
11206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21291 53104 0
11207 ;;;;;; 0))
11208 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11210 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11211 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11213 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11214 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11216 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11218 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11219 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11221 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11222 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11224 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11226 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11227 Compile fortune file.
11229 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11230 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11232 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11234 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11235 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11237 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11238 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11239 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11240 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11242 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11244 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11245 Display a fortune cookie.
11246 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11247 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11248 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11249 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11251 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11253 ;;;***
11255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 58261 0 0))
11256 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11258 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11259 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11260 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11262 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11263 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11264 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11266 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11267 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11269 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11270 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11272 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11273 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11274 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11275 intend to modify existing values, do
11277 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11279 before changing anything.
11281 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11282 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11284 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11285 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11286 to restore the frame.
11288 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11289 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11290 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11292 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11293 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11294 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11295 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11296 FILTER A filter function.
11298 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11299 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11301 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11303 where
11305 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11306 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11307 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11308 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11309 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11310 before restoring it.
11311 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11313 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11314 It must return:
11315 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11316 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11317 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11319 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11320 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11322 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11323 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11324 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11325 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11326 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11327 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11328 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11330 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11332 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11333 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11335 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11337 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11338 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11339 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11340 If nil, check all live frames.
11342 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11344 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11345 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11346 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11347 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11348 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11349 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11350 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11351 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11352 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11353 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11354 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11356 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11358 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11359 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11361 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11362 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11363 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11364 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11365 and window-state is not restored.
11367 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11368 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11370 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11371 t All existing frames can be reused.
11372 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11373 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11374 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11375 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11377 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11378 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11379 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11380 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11381 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11382 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11383 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11384 be created from that parameter alist.
11386 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11387 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11388 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11389 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11390 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11391 - the live frame just restored,
11392 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11393 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11394 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11396 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11397 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11398 nil Keep all frames.
11399 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11400 - FRAME, a live frame.
11401 - ACTION, which can be one of
11402 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11403 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11404 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11405 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11406 Return value is ignored.
11408 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11409 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11410 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11411 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11412 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11414 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11416 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11418 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11419 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11420 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11422 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11424 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11425 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11426 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11427 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11429 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11431 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11433 ;;;***
11435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21291 53104
11436 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11437 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11438 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11440 ;;;***
11442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21346 62196
11443 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11446 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11447 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11448 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11450 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11452 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11453 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11454 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11455 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11456 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11457 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11458 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11462 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11463 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11464 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11465 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11467 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11468 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11469 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11470 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11471 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11473 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11474 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11475 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11476 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11478 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11479 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11480 shown in some of the buffers.
11482 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11484 The following commands help control operation :
11486 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11487 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11489 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11490 detailed description of this mode.
11493 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11494 | GDB Toolbar |
11495 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11496 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11497 | | |
11498 | | |
11499 | | |
11500 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11501 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11502 | | (comint-mode) |
11503 | | |
11504 | | |
11505 | | |
11506 | | |
11507 | | |
11508 | | |
11509 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11510 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11511 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11512 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11513 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11514 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11516 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11518 ;;;***
11520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21291 53104
11521 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11522 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11524 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11525 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11526 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11527 instead (which see).")
11529 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11530 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11532 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11533 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11534 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11535 documentation string instead.
11537 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11538 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11539 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11540 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11541 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11542 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11543 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11544 enders are actually possible.
11546 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11547 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11549 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11550 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11551 `font-lock-keywords'.
11553 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11554 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11555 runs the macro expansion.
11557 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11558 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11559 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11561 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11563 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11565 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11567 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11569 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11570 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11572 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11574 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11575 Enter generic mode MODE.
11577 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11578 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11579 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11581 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11582 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11584 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11586 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11587 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11588 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11589 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11590 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11591 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11592 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11593 `font-lock-keywords'.
11595 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11597 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11599 ;;;***
11601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21291 53104
11602 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11603 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11605 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11606 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11607 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11608 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11609 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11610 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11614 ;;;***
11616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21291 53104
11617 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11618 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11620 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11621 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11622 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11624 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11626 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11627 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11629 Guideline for numbers:
11630 1 - error messages
11631 3 - non-serious error messages
11632 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11633 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11634 9 - messages inside loops.
11636 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11638 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11639 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11640 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11642 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11644 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11645 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11647 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11649 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11650 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11652 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11653 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11654 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11655 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11656 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11657 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11659 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11660 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11661 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11662 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11663 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11665 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11667 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11669 ;;;***
11671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21583 31547 162318 0))
11672 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11673 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11674 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11675 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11677 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11678 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11682 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11683 Read network news.
11684 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11685 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11686 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11687 name of an NNTP server to use.
11688 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11689 server.
11691 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11693 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11694 Read news as a slave.
11696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11698 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11699 Pop up a frame to read news.
11700 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11701 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11702 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11703 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11704 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11705 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11706 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11707 current display is used.
11709 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11711 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11712 Read network news.
11713 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11714 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11715 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11717 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11719 ;;;***
11721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21291 53104
11722 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11723 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11725 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11726 Start Gnus unplugged.
11728 \(fn)" t nil)
11730 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11731 Start Gnus plugged.
11733 \(fn)" t nil)
11735 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11736 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11740 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11741 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11743 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11744 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11745 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11747 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11748 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11749 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11751 \(fn)" t nil)
11753 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11754 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11756 \(fn)" nil nil)
11758 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11759 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11760 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11761 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11762 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11763 supported.
11765 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11767 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11768 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11769 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11770 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11771 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11772 supported.
11774 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11776 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11777 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11779 \(fn)" nil nil)
11781 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11782 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11783 downloaded into the agent.
11785 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11787 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11788 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11789 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11790 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11792 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11794 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11795 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11797 \(fn)" t nil)
11799 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11800 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11802 \(fn)" t nil)
11804 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11805 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11806 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11808 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11810 ;;;***
11812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21291 53104
11813 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11816 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11817 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11819 \(fn)" nil nil)
11821 ;;;***
11823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21291
11824 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
11825 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11827 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11828 Set a bookmark for this article.
11830 \(fn)" t nil)
11832 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11833 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11835 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11837 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11838 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11839 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11840 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11841 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11843 \(fn)" t nil)
11845 ;;;***
11847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21291 53104
11848 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11849 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11851 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11852 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11854 Usage:
11855 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11857 \(fn)" t nil)
11859 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11860 Generate the cache active file.
11862 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11864 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11865 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11867 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11869 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11870 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11871 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11872 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11873 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11874 supported.
11876 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11878 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11879 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11880 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11881 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11882 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11883 supported.
11885 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11887 ;;;***
11889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21291 53104
11890 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11891 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11893 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11894 Delay this article by some time.
11895 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11897 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11898 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11900 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11901 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11903 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11904 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11906 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11908 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11909 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11911 \(fn)" t nil)
11913 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11914 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11915 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11916 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11918 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11919 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11921 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11923 ;;;***
11925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21291 53104
11926 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11927 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11929 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11932 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11934 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11937 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11939 ;;;***
11941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21291 53104
11942 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11945 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11946 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11948 \(fn)" t nil)
11950 ;;;***
11952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21291 53104
11953 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11954 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11956 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11957 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11959 \(fn)" t nil)
11961 ;;;***
11963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21352 50356
11964 ;;;;;; 891885 0))
11965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11967 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11968 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11970 \(fn)" t nil)
11972 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11973 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11975 \(fn)" t nil)
11977 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11978 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11980 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11981 different input formats.
11983 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11985 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11986 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11988 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11989 different input formats.
11991 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11993 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11994 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11995 The PNG is returned as a string.
11997 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11999 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12000 Convert FILE to a Face.
12001 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12002 726 bytes.
12004 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12006 ;;;***
12008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21291
12009 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12012 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12013 Display gravatar in the From header.
12014 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12016 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12018 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12019 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12020 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12022 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12024 ;;;***
12026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21291 53104
12027 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12030 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12031 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12032 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12033 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12035 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12037 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12038 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12040 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12042 ;;;***
12044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21291 53104
12045 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12048 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12051 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12053 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12056 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12058 ;;;***
12060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21291 53104
12061 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12064 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12066 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12067 Run batched scoring.
12068 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12070 \(fn)" t nil)
12072 ;;;***
12074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21291 53104 0
12075 ;;;;;; 0))
12076 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12078 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12081 \(fn)" nil nil)
12083 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12084 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12085 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12087 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12089 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12090 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12092 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12096 ;;;***
12098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21291 53104
12099 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12102 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12103 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12104 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12105 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12106 group parameters.
12108 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12109 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12110 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12111 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12113 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12114 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12115 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12116 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12117 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12118 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12119 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12120 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12121 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12122 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12124 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12126 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12127 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12128 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12129 nil CATCH-ALL).
12131 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12132 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12134 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12136 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12137 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12138 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12140 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12142 \(fn)" nil nil)
12144 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12145 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12146 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12148 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12150 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12151 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12152 existing groups are considered.
12154 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12155 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12156 returned.
12158 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12159 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12160 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12161 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12162 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12163 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12164 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12165 clauses will be generated.
12167 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12168 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12169 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12170 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12171 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12172 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12174 For example, given the following group parameters:
12176 nnml:mail.bar:
12177 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12178 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12179 nnml:mail.foo:
12180 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12181 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12182 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12183 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12184 nnml:mail.others:
12185 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12187 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12189 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12190 \"mail.bar\")
12191 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12192 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12193 \"mail.others\")
12195 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12197 ;;;***
12199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21291 53104
12200 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12203 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12204 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12205 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12206 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12207 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12208 instead.
12210 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12212 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12213 Mail to ADDRESS.
12215 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12217 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12218 Like `message-reply'.
12220 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12222 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12224 ;;;***
12226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12227 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
12228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12230 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12231 Send a notification on new message.
12232 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12233 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12234 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12236 This is typically a function to add in
12237 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12239 \(fn)" nil nil)
12241 ;;;***
12243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21291 53104
12244 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12247 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12248 Display picons in the From header.
12249 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12251 \(fn)" t nil)
12253 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12254 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12255 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12257 \(fn)" t nil)
12259 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12260 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12261 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12263 \(fn)" t nil)
12265 ;;;***
12267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21291 53104
12268 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12269 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12271 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12272 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12273 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12274 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12276 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12278 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12279 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12280 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12281 LIST1 is modified.
12283 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12285 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12286 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12287 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12289 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12291 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12294 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12296 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12297 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12298 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12300 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12302 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12303 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12304 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12306 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12308 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12310 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12311 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12312 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12314 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12316 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12317 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12318 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12320 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12322 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12323 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12324 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12326 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12328 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12329 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12331 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12333 ;;;***
12335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21346
12336 ;;;;;; 62196 0 0))
12337 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12339 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12340 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12342 \(fn)" t nil)
12344 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12345 Install the registry hooks.
12347 \(fn)" t nil)
12349 ;;;***
12351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21291 53104
12352 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12355 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12356 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12357 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12358 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12359 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12360 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12362 \(fn)" t nil)
12364 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12365 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12366 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12367 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12368 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12370 \(fn)" t nil)
12372 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12375 \(fn)" t nil)
12377 ;;;***
12379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21291 53104
12380 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12383 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12384 Update the format specification near point.
12386 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12388 ;;;***
12390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21291 53104
12391 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12394 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12395 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12397 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12399 ;;;***
12401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21291 53104
12402 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12405 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12406 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12407 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12409 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12411 ;;;***
12413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21291 53104
12414 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12415 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12417 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12418 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12420 \(fn)" t nil)
12422 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12423 Install the sync hooks.
12425 \(fn)" t nil)
12427 ;;;***
12429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21291 53104
12430 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12433 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12434 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12436 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12438 ;;;***
12440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12441 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12443 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12444 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12445 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12446 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12447 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12448 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12450 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12452 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12454 ;;;***
12456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12457 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12459 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12460 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12462 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12463 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12464 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12466 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12467 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12468 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12470 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12471 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12473 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12474 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12476 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12478 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12480 ;;;***
12482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21291 53104
12483 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12484 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12486 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12488 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12489 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12490 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12491 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12492 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12494 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12496 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12497 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12498 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12499 or to send e-mail.
12500 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12501 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12503 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12504 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12506 \(fn)" t nil)
12507 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12509 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12510 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12511 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12512 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12513 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12517 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12518 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12522 ;;;***
12524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21291 53104
12525 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12528 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12529 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12530 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12532 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12534 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12535 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12537 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12539 ;;;***
12541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12544 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12545 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12547 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12549 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12550 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12551 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12552 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12553 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12555 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12556 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12557 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12559 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12561 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12562 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12563 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12564 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12565 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12567 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12569 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12570 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12572 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12574 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12575 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12577 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12578 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12579 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12581 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12582 The default find program.
12583 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12584 and others.")
12586 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12587 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12588 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12589 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12591 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12592 How to invoke find and grep.
12593 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12594 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12595 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12596 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12598 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12600 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12601 History list for grep.")
12603 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12604 History list for grep-find.")
12606 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12607 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12608 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12610 \(fn)" nil nil)
12612 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12615 \(fn)" nil nil)
12617 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12618 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12620 \(fn)" nil nil)
12622 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12623 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12624 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12625 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12626 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12628 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12629 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12631 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12632 can easily repeat a grep command.
12634 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12635 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12636 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12637 list is empty).
12639 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12641 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12642 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12643 Collect output in a buffer.
12644 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12645 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12647 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12648 easily repeat a find command.
12650 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12652 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12654 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12655 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12656 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12657 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12658 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12660 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12661 before it is executed.
12662 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12664 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12665 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12666 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12668 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12670 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12672 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12673 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12674 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12675 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12676 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12678 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12679 before it is executed.
12680 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12682 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12683 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12684 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12685 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12687 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12689 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12690 to specify a command to run.
12692 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12694 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12695 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12696 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12697 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12699 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12701 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12703 ;;;***
12705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12706 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12708 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12709 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12710 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12711 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12712 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12714 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12716 ;;;***
12718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21510 63678 326735
12719 ;;;;;; 0))
12720 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12722 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12723 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12724 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12725 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12727 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12729 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12730 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12731 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12732 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12734 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12736 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12737 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12738 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12739 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12741 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12743 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12744 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12745 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12746 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12748 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12749 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12751 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12753 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12754 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12755 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12756 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12758 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12760 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12761 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12762 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12763 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12765 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12767 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12768 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12769 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12770 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12771 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12773 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12774 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12775 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12776 original source file access method.
12778 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12779 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12781 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12783 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12784 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12786 \(fn)" t nil)
12788 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12789 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12790 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12792 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12793 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12795 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12797 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12798 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12799 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12800 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12801 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12805 ;;;***
12807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21387 3002 678518
12808 ;;;;;; 0))
12809 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12811 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12812 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12813 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12814 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12815 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12816 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12817 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12818 set it to.
12819 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12821 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12823 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12824 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12825 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12826 of PLACE.
12827 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12828 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12829 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12830 and SETTER.
12831 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12832 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12834 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12836 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12838 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12839 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12840 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12841 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12842 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12844 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12846 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12848 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12851 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12853 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12855 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12857 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12858 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12859 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12860 well for simple place forms.
12861 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12862 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12863 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12864 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12865 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12866 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12867 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12869 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12871 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12873 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12874 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12875 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12876 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12877 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12879 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12880 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12881 (let ((temp VAL))
12882 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12883 temp)
12884 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12886 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12888 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12889 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12890 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12891 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12892 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12893 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12895 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12897 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12899 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12900 Return a reference to PLACE.
12901 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12902 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12903 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12904 binding mode.
12906 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12908 ;;;***
12910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21291 53104
12911 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12912 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12914 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12915 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12916 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12917 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12919 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12920 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12921 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12922 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12924 \(fn)" t nil)
12926 ;;;***
12928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12929 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12931 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12932 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12934 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12936 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12937 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12938 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12939 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12941 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12943 \(fn)" t nil)
12945 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12946 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12947 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12948 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12949 to be updated.
12951 \(fn)" t nil)
12953 ;;;***
12955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21291 53104
12956 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12957 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12959 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12960 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12962 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12964 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12965 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12966 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12968 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12970 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12971 Verify a hashcash payment
12973 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12975 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12976 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12977 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12978 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12979 `mail-add-payment-async').
12981 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12983 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12984 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12985 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12986 Calculation is asynchronous.
12988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12990 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12991 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12992 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12996 ;;;***
12998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21291 53104 0
12999 ;;;;;; 0))
13000 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13002 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13003 Return the help-echo string at point.
13004 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13005 property, or nil, is returned.
13006 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13007 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13008 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13010 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13012 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13013 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13014 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13015 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13016 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13018 \(fn)" nil nil)
13020 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13021 Display local help in the echo area.
13022 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13023 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13024 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13025 printed instead.
13027 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13028 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13029 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13033 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13034 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13035 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13037 \(fn)" t nil)
13039 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13040 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13041 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13043 \(fn)" t nil)
13045 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13046 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13047 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13048 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13049 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13050 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13051 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13052 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13053 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13054 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13055 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13057 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13058 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13059 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13060 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13061 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13063 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13064 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13065 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13066 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13067 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13068 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13069 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13070 The default is `never'.")
13072 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13074 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13075 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13076 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13077 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13078 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13079 considered different regions.
13081 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13082 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13083 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13084 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13085 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13086 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13087 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13088 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13089 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13091 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13093 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13094 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13095 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13096 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13097 different regions.
13099 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13100 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13101 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13102 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13103 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13104 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13105 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13106 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13108 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13109 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13110 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13111 rarely happens in practice.
13113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13115 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13116 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13117 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13118 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13119 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13120 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13124 ;;;***
13126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21418 44988 932893
13127 ;;;;;; 0))
13128 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13130 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13131 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13133 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13135 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13136 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13137 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13139 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13141 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13142 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13143 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13144 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13145 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13146 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13147 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13148 search for a function definition.
13150 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13151 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13152 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13153 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13154 suitable file is found, return nil.
13156 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13158 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13161 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13163 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13164 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13165 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13166 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13168 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13170 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13171 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13172 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13173 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13174 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13175 it is displayed along with the global value.
13177 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13179 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13180 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13181 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13182 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13184 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13186 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13187 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13188 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13189 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13190 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13192 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13194 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13195 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13197 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13199 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13200 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13202 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13204 ;;;***
13206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21291 53104 0
13207 ;;;;;; 0))
13208 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13210 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13211 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13212 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13213 window listing and describing the options.
13214 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13215 gives the window that lists the options.")
13217 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13219 ;;;***
13221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13222 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13224 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13225 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13226 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13227 Commands:
13228 \\{help-mode-map}
13230 \(fn)" t nil)
13232 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13235 \(fn)" nil nil)
13237 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13240 \(fn)" nil nil)
13242 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13243 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13245 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13246 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13247 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13248 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13250 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13251 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13252 restore it properly when going back.
13254 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13256 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13257 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13258 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13259 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13260 from `help-mode'.
13261 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13262 it does not already exist.
13264 \(fn)" nil nil)
13266 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13267 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13269 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13270 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13271 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13272 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13273 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13274 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13275 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13276 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13278 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13279 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13280 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13281 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13283 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13284 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13285 that.
13287 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13289 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13290 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13291 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13292 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13293 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13294 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13296 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13298 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13299 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13300 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13301 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13302 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13304 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13306 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13307 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13309 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13311 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13312 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13313 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13314 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13316 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13318 ;;;***
13320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21291 53104
13321 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13322 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13324 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13325 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13327 \(fn)" t nil)
13329 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13330 Provide help for current mode.
13332 \(fn)" t nil)
13334 ;;;***
13336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13337 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13339 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13340 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13341 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13342 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13343 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13345 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13346 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13348 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13349 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13350 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13351 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13353 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13354 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13355 periods.
13357 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13358 in hexl format.
13360 A sample format:
13362 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13363 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13364 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13365 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13366 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13367 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13368 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13369 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13370 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13371 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13372 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13373 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13374 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13375 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13376 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13378 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13379 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13380 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13382 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13383 also supported.
13385 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13387 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13388 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13389 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13391 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13392 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13393 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13395 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13396 into the buffer at the current point.
13398 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13399 into the buffer at the current point.
13401 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13402 into the buffer at the current point.
13404 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13406 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13407 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13409 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13411 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13415 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13416 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13417 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13418 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13420 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13422 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13423 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13424 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13426 \(fn)" t nil)
13428 ;;;***
13430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13431 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13433 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13434 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13435 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13436 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13437 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13439 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13440 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13441 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13442 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13444 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13445 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13446 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13447 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13449 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13450 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13451 which can be called interactively, are:
13453 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13454 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13456 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13457 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13458 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13459 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13461 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13462 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13464 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13465 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13466 available face automatically.
13468 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13469 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13471 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13472 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13473 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13474 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13475 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13476 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13477 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13478 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13479 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13480 function returns t.
13482 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13483 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13485 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13486 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13487 form:
13488 Hi-lock: FOO
13490 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13491 position (number of characters into buffer)
13492 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13493 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13494 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13498 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13499 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13500 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13501 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13502 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13503 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13505 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13507 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13508 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13509 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13510 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13511 ARG is omitted or nil.
13513 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13514 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13515 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13519 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13521 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13522 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13523 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13524 Use the global history list for FACE.
13526 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13527 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13528 highlighting will not update as you type.
13530 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13532 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13534 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13535 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13536 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13537 Use the global history list for FACE.
13539 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13540 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13541 highlighting will not update as you type.
13543 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13545 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13547 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13548 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13549 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13550 Use the global history list for FACE.
13552 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13553 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13554 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13556 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13557 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13558 highlighting will not update as you type.
13560 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13562 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13564 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13565 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13566 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13567 unless you use a prefix argument.
13568 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13570 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13571 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13573 \(fn)" t nil)
13575 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13577 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13578 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13579 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13580 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13581 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13582 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13584 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13586 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13587 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13589 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13590 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13591 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13593 \(fn)" t nil)
13595 ;;;***
13597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21452 63160
13598 ;;;;;; 995987 0))
13599 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13601 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13602 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13603 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13604 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13605 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13607 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13608 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13609 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13610 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13612 `hide-ifdef-env'
13613 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13614 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13615 is used.
13617 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13618 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13619 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13620 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13621 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13623 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13624 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13625 #endif lines when hiding.
13627 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13628 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13629 is activated.
13631 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13632 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13633 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13635 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13639 ;;;***
13641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21291 53104
13642 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13645 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13646 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13647 Each element has the form
13648 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13650 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13651 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13653 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13654 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13656 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13657 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13658 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13659 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13660 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13661 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13663 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13664 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13666 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13667 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13669 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13670 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13671 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13673 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13674 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13675 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13676 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13677 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13679 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13680 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13681 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13683 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13684 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13685 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13687 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13688 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13690 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13692 Key bindings:
13693 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13697 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13698 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13700 \(fn)" nil nil)
13702 ;;;***
13704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13705 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13707 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13708 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13709 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13710 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13711 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13713 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13714 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13715 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13716 this on and off.
13718 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13719 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13720 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13721 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13722 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13723 through various faces.
13724 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13725 buffer with the contents of a file
13726 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13730 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13731 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13733 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13734 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13736 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13737 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13738 in a distinctive face.
13740 The default value can be customized with variable
13741 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13743 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13747 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13748 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13749 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13751 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13753 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13754 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13756 \(fn)" t nil)
13758 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13759 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13761 \(fn)" t nil)
13763 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13764 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13766 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13767 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13768 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13769 shown in the last face in the list.
13771 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13772 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13773 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13775 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13777 \(fn)" t nil)
13779 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13780 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13782 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13784 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13785 to save the file.
13787 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13788 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13790 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13791 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13792 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13794 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13796 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13797 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13799 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13800 this function is called interactively.
13802 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13803 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13804 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13806 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13807 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13808 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13810 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13812 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13813 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13814 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13815 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13816 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13817 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13819 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13821 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13822 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13823 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13824 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13825 ARG is omitted or nil.
13827 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13828 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13829 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13833 ;;;***
13835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21375 36695 783701
13836 ;;;;;; 621000))
13837 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13838 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13840 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13841 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13842 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13843 or insert functions in this list.")
13845 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13847 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13848 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13849 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13850 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13851 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13852 expansions.
13853 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13854 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13855 undoes the expansion.
13857 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13859 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13860 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13861 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13862 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13864 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13866 ;;;***
13868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13869 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13871 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13872 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13877 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13878 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13879 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13880 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13881 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13882 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13884 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13885 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13886 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13887 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13891 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13892 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13893 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13894 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13895 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13896 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13898 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13900 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13901 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13902 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13903 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13904 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13906 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13907 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13908 windows.
13910 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13911 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13915 ;;;***
13917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21291 53104
13918 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13919 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13921 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13923 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13924 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13925 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13927 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13929 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13931 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13933 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13934 Oriental holidays.
13935 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13937 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13939 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13941 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13943 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13944 Local holidays.
13945 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13947 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13949 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13951 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13953 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13954 User defined holidays.
13955 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13957 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13959 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13961 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13962 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13964 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13966 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13967 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13969 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13971 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13972 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13974 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13976 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13977 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13979 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13981 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13983 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13984 Jewish holidays.
13985 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13987 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13989 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13991 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13993 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13994 Christian holidays.
13995 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13997 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13999 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14001 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14003 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14004 Islamic holidays.
14005 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14007 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14009 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14011 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14013 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14014 Bahá'í holidays.
14015 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14017 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14019 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14021 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14023 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14024 Sun-related holidays.
14025 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14027 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14029 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14031 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14033 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14034 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14035 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14036 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14040 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14041 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14042 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14043 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14044 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14046 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14047 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14049 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14050 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14052 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14053 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14054 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14055 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14056 of a holiday list.
14058 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14060 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14062 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14064 ;;;***
14066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21416 3260
14067 ;;;;;; 930862 0))
14068 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14070 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14071 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14073 \(fn)" t nil)
14075 ;;;***
14077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21341 23900
14078 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14079 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14080 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14082 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14083 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14084 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14085 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14086 as possible.
14088 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14089 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14090 fontified display.
14092 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14093 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14095 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14096 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14097 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14099 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14101 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14102 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14103 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14105 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14107 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14109 ;;;***
14111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14112 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14114 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14115 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14117 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14118 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14119 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14121 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14122 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14123 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14124 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14125 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14126 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14128 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14129 title of the column.
14131 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14132 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14133 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14134 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14135 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14137 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14139 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14140 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14141 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14142 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14143 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14145 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14146 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14147 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14149 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14151 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14152 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14153 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14154 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14155 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14156 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14158 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14159 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14160 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14161 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14162 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14163 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14164 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14165 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14166 values are:
14167 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14168 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14169 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14170 buffer's modification flag.
14171 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14172 prompted before performing this operation.
14173 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14174 operation is complete, in the form:
14175 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14176 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14177 confirmation message, in the form:
14178 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14179 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14180 macro for exactly what it does.
14182 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14184 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14185 Define a filter named NAME.
14186 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14187 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14188 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14190 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14191 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14192 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14193 bound to the current value of the filter.
14195 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14197 ;;;***
14199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14200 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14202 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14203 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14204 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14205 buffers which are visiting a file.
14207 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14209 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14210 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14211 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14212 buffers which are visiting a file.
14214 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14216 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14217 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14218 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14220 All arguments are optional.
14221 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14222 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14223 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14224 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14225 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14226 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14227 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14228 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14229 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14230 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14231 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14232 that value locally in this buffer.
14234 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14236 ;;;***
14238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21291
14239 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
14240 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14241 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14243 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14244 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14245 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14246 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14248 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14250 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14251 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14252 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14253 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14254 ICAL-FILENAME.
14255 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14256 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14257 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14259 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14261 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14262 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14263 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14264 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14265 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14266 non-marking or not.
14268 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14270 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14271 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14273 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14274 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14275 DIARY-FILE.
14277 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14278 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14279 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14281 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14282 non-marking.
14284 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14285 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14286 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14288 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14290 ;;;***
14292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14293 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14295 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14296 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14297 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14298 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14299 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14300 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14302 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14304 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14305 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14306 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14307 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14308 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14310 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14311 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14312 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14313 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14315 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14316 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14318 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14319 completions:
14321 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14325 ;;;***
14327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14330 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14331 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14332 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14333 Tab indents for Icon code.
14334 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14335 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14336 \\{icon-mode-map}
14337 Variables controlling indentation style:
14338 icon-tab-always-indent
14339 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14340 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14341 icon-auto-newline
14342 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14343 inserted in Icon code.
14344 icon-indent-level
14345 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14346 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14347 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14348 icon-continued-statement-offset
14349 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14350 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14351 icon-continued-brace-offset
14352 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14353 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14354 icon-brace-offset
14355 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14356 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14357 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14358 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14360 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14361 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14363 \(fn)" t nil)
14365 ;;;***
14367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21423
14368 ;;;;;; 62909 33477 0))
14369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14371 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14372 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14373 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14374 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14376 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14377 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14378 separate frames.
14380 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14381 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14383 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14384 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14385 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14387 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14389 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14391 ;;;***
14393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21423 62909
14394 ;;;;;; 33477 0))
14395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14396 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14398 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14399 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14401 The main features of this mode are
14403 1. Indentation and Formatting
14404 --------------------------
14405 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14406 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14408 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14409 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14410 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14411 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14413 Comments are indented as follows:
14415 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14416 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14417 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14419 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14421 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14422 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14423 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14424 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14425 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14426 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14428 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14429 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14430 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14431 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14433 2. Routine Info
14434 ------------
14435 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14436 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14437 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14438 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14439 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14440 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14441 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14442 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14443 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14444 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14446 3. Online IDL Help
14447 ---------------
14449 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14450 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14451 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14452 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14454 4. Completion
14455 ----------
14456 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14457 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14458 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14459 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14460 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14461 upper case.
14463 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14464 --------------------------------
14465 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14466 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14468 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14469 \\fu FUNCTION template
14470 \\c CASE statement template
14471 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14472 \\f FOR loop template
14473 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14474 \\w WHILE loop template
14475 \\i IF statement template
14476 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14477 \\b BEGIN
14479 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14480 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14482 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14483 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14484 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14485 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14487 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14488 -------------------------
14489 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14490 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14492 7. Automatic END completion
14493 ------------------------
14494 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14495 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14497 8. Hooks
14498 -----
14499 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14500 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14502 9. Documentation and Customization
14503 -------------------------------
14504 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14505 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14506 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14507 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14508 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14509 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14511 10.Keybindings
14512 -----------
14513 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14514 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14515 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14517 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14519 \(fn)" t nil)
14521 ;;;***
14523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14524 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14526 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14527 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14528 The following values are possible:
14529 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14530 displaying...)
14531 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14532 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14533 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14536 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14538 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14540 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14541 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14542 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14543 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14544 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14545 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14546 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14547 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14548 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14552 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14553 Switch to another buffer.
14554 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14555 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14556 in another frame.
14558 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14559 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14560 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14561 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14562 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14564 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14565 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14567 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14569 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14570 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14571 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14572 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14573 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14574 in a separate window.
14575 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14576 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14577 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14578 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14579 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14580 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14581 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14582 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14583 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14585 \(fn)" t nil)
14587 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14588 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14589 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14590 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14592 \(fn)" t nil)
14594 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14595 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14596 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14597 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14599 \(fn)" t nil)
14601 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14602 Kill a buffer.
14603 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14604 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14606 \(fn)" t nil)
14608 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14609 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14610 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14611 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14613 \(fn)" t nil)
14615 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14616 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14617 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14618 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14620 \(fn)" t nil)
14622 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14623 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14625 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14627 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14628 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14629 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14630 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14631 in another frame.
14633 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14634 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14635 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14636 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14637 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14638 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14640 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14641 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14643 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14645 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14646 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14647 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14648 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14649 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14650 in a separate window.
14651 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14652 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14653 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14654 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14655 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14656 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14657 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14658 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14659 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14660 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14661 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14662 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14663 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14664 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14665 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14666 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14667 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14668 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14670 \(fn)" t nil)
14672 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14673 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14674 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14675 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14677 \(fn)" t nil)
14679 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14680 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14681 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14682 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14684 \(fn)" t nil)
14686 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14687 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14688 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14689 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14691 \(fn)" t nil)
14693 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14694 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14695 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14696 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14698 \(fn)" t nil)
14700 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14701 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14702 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14703 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14705 \(fn)" t nil)
14707 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14708 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14709 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14710 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14712 \(fn)" t nil)
14714 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14715 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14716 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14717 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14719 \(fn)" t nil)
14721 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14722 Write current buffer to a file.
14723 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14724 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14726 \(fn)" t nil)
14728 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14729 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14730 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14731 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14733 \(fn)" t nil)
14735 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14736 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14737 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14738 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14740 \(fn)" t nil)
14742 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14743 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14744 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14745 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14746 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14747 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14749 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14751 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14752 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14753 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14754 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14756 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14758 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14759 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14760 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14761 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14763 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14765 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14766 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14767 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14768 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14769 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14770 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14771 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14772 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14773 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14774 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14775 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14776 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14777 with point positioned at the end.
14778 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14779 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14781 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14783 ;;;***
14785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14786 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14788 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14789 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14790 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14791 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14793 \(fn)" t nil)
14795 ;;;***
14797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14798 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14800 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14802 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14803 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14805 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14806 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14807 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14811 ;;;***
14813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21526 51891 165318 0))
14814 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14816 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14817 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14818 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14819 be determined.
14821 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14823 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14824 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14825 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14826 be determined.
14828 \(fn)" nil nil)
14830 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14831 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14832 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14833 be determined.
14835 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14837 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14838 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14839 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14840 be determined.
14842 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14844 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14845 Determine and return image type.
14846 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14847 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14848 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14849 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14850 use its file extension as image type.
14851 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14853 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14855 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14856 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14857 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14859 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14861 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14862 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14863 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14865 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14866 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14867 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14868 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14869 must be available.
14871 \(fn)" nil nil)
14873 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14874 Create an image.
14875 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14876 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14877 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14878 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14879 use its file extension as image type.
14880 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14881 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14882 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14883 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14885 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14887 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14888 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14889 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14891 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14893 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14894 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14895 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14896 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14897 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14898 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14899 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14900 POS may be an integer or marker.
14901 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14902 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14903 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14904 means display it in the right marginal area.
14906 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14908 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14909 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14910 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14911 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14912 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14913 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14914 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14915 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14916 means display it in the right marginal area.
14917 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14918 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14919 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14920 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14921 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14923 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14925 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14926 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14927 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14928 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14929 STRING is a single space.
14930 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14931 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14932 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14933 means display it in the right marginal area.
14934 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14936 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14938 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14939 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14940 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14941 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14943 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14945 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14946 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14948 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14950 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14951 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14952 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14953 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14954 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14955 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14956 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14957 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14958 satisfied.
14960 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14962 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14964 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14966 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14967 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
14969 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14970 documentation string.
14972 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14973 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14974 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14975 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14976 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14977 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14978 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14979 define SYMBOL.
14981 Example:
14983 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14984 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14986 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
14988 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14990 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14991 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14992 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
14993 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
14995 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
14996 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
14997 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
14998 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15000 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15002 \(fn)" nil nil)
15004 ;;;***
15006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21291 53104
15007 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15008 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15009 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15011 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15012 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15013 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15014 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15015 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15016 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15020 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15021 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15023 Convenience command that:
15025 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15026 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15027 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15029 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15030 image files in dired and type
15031 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15033 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15035 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15036 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15038 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15040 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15041 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15042 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15043 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15044 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15045 another one).
15047 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15048 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15049 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15051 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15052 instead of erasing it first.
15054 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15055 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15056 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15057 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15058 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15059 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15061 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15063 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15064 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15065 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15066 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15067 displayed.
15069 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15071 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15073 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15075 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15076 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15078 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15080 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15081 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15082 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15084 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15086 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15087 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15089 \(fn)" t nil)
15091 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15092 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15093 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15094 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15096 \(fn)" t nil)
15098 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15099 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15101 \(fn)" t nil)
15103 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15104 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15106 \(fn)" t nil)
15108 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15109 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15111 \(fn)" t nil)
15113 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15114 Display current image file.
15115 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15116 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15120 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15121 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15123 \(fn)" t nil)
15125 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15126 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15127 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15128 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15129 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15130 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15131 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15133 \(fn)" t nil)
15135 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15136 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15137 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15138 easy-to-use form.
15140 \(fn)" t nil)
15142 ;;;***
15144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21291 53104 0
15145 ;;;;;; 0))
15146 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15148 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15149 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15150 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15151 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15153 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15154 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15155 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15156 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15158 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15160 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15161 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15162 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15163 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15165 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15166 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15167 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15168 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15170 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15172 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15173 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15175 \(fn)" nil nil)
15177 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15178 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15179 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15180 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15182 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15184 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15185 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15186 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15188 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15189 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15191 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15193 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15194 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15195 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15196 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15197 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15199 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15200 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15201 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15205 ;;;***
15207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21291 53104 0
15208 ;;;;;; 0))
15209 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15211 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15212 Major mode for image files.
15213 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15214 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15216 Key bindings:
15217 \\{image-mode-map}
15219 \(fn)" t nil)
15221 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15222 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15224 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15225 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15227 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15228 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15229 actual image.
15231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15233 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15234 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15235 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15236 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15237 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15238 to display an image file as the actual image.
15240 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15241 to display an image file as text initially.
15243 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15244 on these modes.
15246 \(fn)" t nil)
15248 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15251 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15253 ;;;***
15255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21553 10423 381604 0))
15256 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15258 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15259 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15261 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15263 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15264 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15265 in the buffer.
15267 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15269 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15270 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15271 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15273 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15275 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15276 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15277 Each element of this list should have the form
15279 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15281 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15282 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15283 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15284 matches are put).
15285 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15286 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15287 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15288 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15289 another element.
15290 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15291 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15292 the menu item.
15293 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15294 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15295 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15296 the ARGUMENTS.
15298 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15299 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15300 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15302 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15303 create a buffer index.
15305 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15306 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15307 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15308 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15309 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15311 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15313 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15314 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15316 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15317 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15318 called within a `save-excursion'.
15320 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15322 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15324 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15325 Function for finding the next index position.
15327 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15328 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15329 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15330 file.
15332 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15333 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15335 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15337 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15338 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15340 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15341 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15342 It should return the name for that index item.")
15344 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15346 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15347 Function to compare string with index item.
15349 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15350 non-nil if they match.
15352 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15353 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15354 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15355 arguments match\".")
15357 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15359 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15360 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15361 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15363 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15364 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15366 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15368 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15370 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15371 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15372 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15373 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15375 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15377 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15378 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15380 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15382 \(fn)" t nil)
15384 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15385 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15386 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15387 for more information.
15389 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15391 ;;;***
15393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21291 53104
15394 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15395 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15397 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15398 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15400 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15402 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15405 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15407 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15410 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15412 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15415 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15417 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15418 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15420 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15422 ;;;***
15424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21291 53104
15425 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15428 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15429 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15430 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15431 to that buffer.
15432 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15433 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15434 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15435 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15437 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15439 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15441 ;;;***
15443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21478 823 211178 0))
15444 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15446 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15447 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15448 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15449 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15450 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15451 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15452 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15453 first in this list.
15455 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15456 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15457 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15458 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15459 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15461 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15462 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15463 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15465 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15466 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15468 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15469 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15471 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15472 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15473 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15474 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15475 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15476 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15477 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15478 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15479 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15480 with the top-level Info directory.
15482 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15483 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15485 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15487 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15488 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15489 in all the directories in that path.
15491 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15493 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15495 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15496 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15498 \(fn)" t nil)
15500 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15501 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15503 \(fn)" t nil)
15505 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15506 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15507 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15508 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15510 \(fn)" nil nil)
15512 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15513 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15514 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15515 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15517 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15519 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15520 Go to the Info directory node.
15522 \(fn)" t nil)
15524 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15525 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15526 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15527 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15528 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15529 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15531 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15533 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15534 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15535 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15537 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15539 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15540 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15541 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15542 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15543 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15545 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15547 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15548 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15549 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15550 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15551 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15553 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15554 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15556 Selecting other nodes:
15557 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15558 Follow a node reference you click on.
15559 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15560 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15561 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15562 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15563 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15564 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15565 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15566 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15567 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15568 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15569 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15570 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15571 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15572 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15573 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15574 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15575 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15576 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15577 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15578 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15580 Moving within a node:
15581 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15582 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15583 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15584 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15585 move up to the parent node.
15586 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15587 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15588 if there is none.
15589 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15591 Advanced commands:
15592 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15593 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15594 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15595 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15596 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15597 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15598 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15599 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15600 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15601 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15602 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15603 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15604 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15605 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15606 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15607 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15609 \(fn)" t nil)
15610 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15612 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15613 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15614 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15615 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15616 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15617 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15619 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15620 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15622 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15623 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15624 KEY is a string.
15625 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15626 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15627 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15628 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15630 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15632 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15633 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15634 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15636 \(fn)" t nil)
15638 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15639 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15640 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15642 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15644 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15645 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15646 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15647 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15649 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15651 ;;;***
15653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15654 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15656 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15657 Throw away all cached data.
15658 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15659 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15660 system.
15662 \(fn)" t nil)
15663 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15665 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15666 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15667 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15668 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15669 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15670 one found at point.
15672 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15674 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15675 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15677 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15678 Display the documentation of a file.
15679 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15680 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15681 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15682 The default file name is the one found at point.
15684 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15686 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15688 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15689 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15691 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15693 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15694 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15696 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15698 ;;;***
15700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15701 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15702 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15704 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15705 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15706 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15707 current info file is the default.
15709 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15710 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15711 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15712 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15713 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15715 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15716 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15717 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15718 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15719 mistake in the reference.
15721 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15722 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15723 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15725 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15726 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15727 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15728 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15730 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15732 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15733 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15734 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15735 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15736 checked.
15738 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15739 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15740 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15741 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15742 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15743 should be harmless.
15745 \(fn)" t nil)
15747 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15748 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15749 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15750 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15752 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15753 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15754 and can take a long time.
15756 \(fn)" t nil)
15758 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15759 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15760 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15762 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15764 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15765 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15767 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15768 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15769 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15770 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15771 all builtins).
15773 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15774 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15775 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15776 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15777 the sources handy.
15779 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15781 ;;;***
15783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15784 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15786 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15787 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15789 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15791 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15792 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15794 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15796 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15797 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15798 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15799 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15801 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15802 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15803 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15805 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15806 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15807 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15808 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15810 \(fn)" t nil)
15812 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15813 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15814 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15816 \(fn)" t nil)
15818 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15819 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15820 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15821 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15822 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15824 \(fn)" nil nil)
15826 ;;;***
15828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21291 53104
15829 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15830 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15831 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15833 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15834 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15835 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15837 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15839 ;;;***
15841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21291
15842 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
15843 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15845 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15846 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15848 \(fn)" t nil)
15850 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15851 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15853 \(fn)" t nil)
15855 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15858 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15860 ;;;***
15862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15863 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15864 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15866 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15867 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15868 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15869 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15870 accessed via isearchb.
15872 \(fn)" t nil)
15874 ;;;***
15876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21291
15877 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
15878 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15880 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15881 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15882 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15883 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15884 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15886 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15888 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15889 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15890 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15891 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15892 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15894 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15896 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15897 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15898 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15899 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15900 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15902 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15904 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15905 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15906 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15907 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15908 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15910 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15912 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15913 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15914 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15915 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15916 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15918 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15920 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15921 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15922 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15923 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15924 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15926 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15928 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15929 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15930 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15931 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15932 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15934 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15936 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15937 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15938 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15939 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15941 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15943 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15944 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15945 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15946 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15948 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15950 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15951 Warn that format is read-only.
15953 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15955 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15956 Warn that format is write-only.
15958 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15960 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15961 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15963 \(fn)" t nil)
15965 ;;;***
15967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15968 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
15969 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15970 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15971 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15973 ;;;***
15975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21291 53104
15976 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15977 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15979 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15981 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15982 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15983 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15984 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15985 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15987 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15989 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15991 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15992 Key map for ispell menu.")
15994 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15995 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15996 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15997 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15999 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16001 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16003 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16005 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16007 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16008 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16009 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16010 Valid forms include:
16011 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16012 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16013 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16014 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16016 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16017 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16018 First list is used raw.
16019 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16021 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16022 for skipping in latex mode.")
16024 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16025 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16026 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16027 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16028 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16029 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16030 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16032 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16033 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16034 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16035 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16037 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16038 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16039 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16040 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16041 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16043 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16044 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16046 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16047 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16049 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16050 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16052 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16053 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16055 Return values:
16056 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16057 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16058 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16059 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16060 quit spell session exited.
16062 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16064 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16065 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16066 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16068 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16070 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16071 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16073 Selections are:
16075 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16076 SPC: Accept word this time.
16077 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16078 `a': Accept word for this session.
16079 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16080 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16081 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16082 `?': Show these commands.
16083 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16084 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16085 the aborted check to be completed later.
16086 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16087 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16088 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16089 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16090 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16091 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16092 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16094 \(fn)" nil nil)
16096 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16097 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16098 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16099 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16101 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16103 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16104 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16105 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16106 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16108 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16110 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16112 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16113 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16114 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16115 amount for last line processed.
16117 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16119 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16120 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16122 \(fn)" t nil)
16124 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16125 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16127 \(fn)" t nil)
16129 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16130 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16131 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16133 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16135 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16136 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16138 \(fn)" t nil)
16140 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16141 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16142 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16143 sequence inside of a word.
16145 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16147 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16149 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16150 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16152 \(fn)" t nil)
16154 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16155 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16156 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16157 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16159 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16160 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16161 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16162 available on the net.
16164 \(fn)" t nil)
16166 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16167 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16168 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16169 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16170 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16172 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16173 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16174 spelled.
16176 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16177 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16178 SPC.
16180 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16181 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16185 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16186 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16187 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16188 Don't check included messages.
16190 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16191 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16192 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16194 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16195 in your init file:
16196 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16197 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16198 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16199 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16201 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16202 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16203 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16205 \(fn)" t nil)
16207 ;;;***
16209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21291
16210 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16211 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16213 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16216 \(fn)" nil nil)
16218 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16219 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16220 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16221 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16222 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16223 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16224 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16225 necessary to represent OBJ.
16227 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16229 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16230 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16231 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16232 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16234 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16236 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16237 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16238 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16239 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16240 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16242 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16244 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16245 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16246 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16247 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16249 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16251 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16252 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16253 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16254 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16256 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16258 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16259 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16261 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16263 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16264 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16265 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16266 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16267 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16269 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16271 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16272 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16273 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16274 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16275 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16277 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16279 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16280 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16281 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16283 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16285 ;;;***
16287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16288 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16290 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16291 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16292 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16293 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16295 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16298 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16300 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16301 Uninstall jka-compr.
16302 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16303 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16304 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16306 \(fn)" nil nil)
16308 ;;;***
16310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21387 3002 678518 0))
16311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16312 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16314 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16315 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16317 \(fn)" t nil)
16318 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16320 ;;;***
16322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16323 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16324 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16326 ;;;***
16328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21291 53104
16329 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16330 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16332 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16333 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16334 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16335 decimal key must be specified.")
16337 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16339 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16340 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16341 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16342 decimal key must be specified.")
16344 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16346 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16347 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16348 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16349 decimal key must be specified.")
16351 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16353 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16354 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16355 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16356 decimal key must be specified.")
16358 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16360 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16361 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16362 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16363 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16364 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16365 keys are bound.
16367 Setup Binding
16368 -------------------------------------------------------------
16369 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16370 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16371 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16372 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16373 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16374 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16375 in the global and local keymaps.
16377 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16378 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16380 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16382 ;;;***
16384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21291
16385 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16386 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16388 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16389 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16390 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16392 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16393 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16394 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16395 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16396 shorter.
16398 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16399 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16400 the context of text formatting.
16402 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16404 ;;;***
16406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21291 53104 0
16407 ;;;;;; 0))
16408 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16410 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16411 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16412 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16413 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16414 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16415 positions that contains the current selection.")
16417 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16418 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16419 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16420 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16421 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16422 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16423 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16425 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16427 ;;;***
16429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16430 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16431 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16432 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16433 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16434 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16435 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16436 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16437 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16439 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16440 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16441 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16443 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16445 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16446 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16447 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16448 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16449 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16451 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16453 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16454 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16455 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16457 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16458 defining the macro.
16460 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16461 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16462 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16464 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16465 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16467 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16469 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16470 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16471 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16472 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16473 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16474 under that name.
16476 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16477 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16478 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16480 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16482 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16483 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16484 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16485 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16487 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16488 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16489 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16490 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16492 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16493 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16495 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16497 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16498 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16499 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16501 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16502 macro.
16504 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16505 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16507 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16508 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16509 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16511 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16512 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16514 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16516 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16517 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16518 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16519 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16521 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16523 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16524 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16525 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16526 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16528 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16529 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16531 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16533 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16534 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16535 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16537 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16539 ;;;***
16541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21291
16542 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16543 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16545 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16546 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16547 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16549 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16552 \(fn)" nil nil)
16554 ;;;***
16556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21414 47927
16557 ;;;;;; 641973 0))
16558 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16560 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16562 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16563 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16565 \(fn)" t nil)
16567 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16568 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16569 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16570 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16572 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16573 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16574 none / 1 | yes | no
16575 2 | yes | yes
16576 3 | no | yes
16577 4 | no | no
16579 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16580 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16581 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16583 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16585 ;;;***
16587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21291 53104
16588 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16589 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16591 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16594 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16596 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16597 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16598 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16599 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16600 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16601 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16603 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16604 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16606 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16608 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16609 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16611 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16613 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16616 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16618 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16621 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16623 ;;;***
16625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21291
16626 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16627 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16629 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16630 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16631 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16632 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16634 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16636 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16637 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16638 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16640 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16642 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16643 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16644 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16646 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16648 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16649 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16650 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16651 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16653 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16655 ;;;***
16657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16658 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
16659 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16661 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16662 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16663 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16664 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16665 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16666 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16667 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16668 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16670 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16671 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16674 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16676 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16678 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16679 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16680 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16681 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16682 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16683 `latin1-display-setup'.
16685 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16687 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16688 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16689 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16690 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16692 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16693 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16695 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16697 ;;;***
16699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21291
16700 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16703 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16704 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16706 \(fn)" t nil)
16708 ;;;***
16710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16711 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16713 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16714 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16715 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16716 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16717 generations (this defaults to 1).
16719 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16721 ;;;***
16723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16724 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16725 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16727 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16728 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16730 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16731 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16733 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16737 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16738 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16739 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16741 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16742 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16744 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16746 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16747 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16748 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16749 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16750 ARG is omitted or nil.
16752 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16753 `linum-on' would do it.
16754 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16758 ;;;***
16760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16761 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16763 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16764 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16765 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16766 is nil, raise an error.
16768 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16769 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16770 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16771 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16772 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16773 defined by the library.
16775 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16776 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16777 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16778 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16779 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16780 proceeds.
16782 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16783 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16784 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16785 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16787 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16789 ;;;***
16791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16792 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16794 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16795 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16796 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16798 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16800 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16801 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16802 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16803 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16805 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16806 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16807 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16808 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16809 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16810 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16811 the version.)
16813 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16814 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16816 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16817 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16819 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16820 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16822 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16824 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16825 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16826 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16827 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16828 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16829 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16830 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16831 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16832 to constrain a big search.
16834 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16836 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16837 except that FILTER is not optional.
16839 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16841 ;;;***
16843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21438 54848 741535
16844 ;;;;;; 566000))
16845 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16847 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16848 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16849 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16850 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16851 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16852 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16853 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16854 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16855 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16856 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16858 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16859 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16860 associated values:
16861 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16862 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16863 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16864 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16865 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16867 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16868 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16869 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16871 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16873 ;;;***
16875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21291 53104 0
16876 ;;;;;; 0))
16877 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16879 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16880 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16882 \(fn)" t nil)
16884 ;;;***
16886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16887 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16889 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16890 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16892 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16893 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16895 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16896 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16897 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16899 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16900 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16902 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16903 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16904 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16905 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16906 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16907 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16908 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16910 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16912 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16913 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16914 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16915 switch on this list.
16916 See `lpr-command'.")
16918 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16920 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16921 Name of program for printing a file.
16923 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16924 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16925 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16926 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16927 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16928 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16929 argument.")
16931 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16933 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16934 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16935 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16936 for customization of the printer command.
16938 \(fn)" t nil)
16940 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16941 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16943 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16944 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16945 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16946 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16948 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16949 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16951 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16952 for further customization of the printer command.
16954 \(fn)" t nil)
16956 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16957 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16958 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16959 for customization of the printer command.
16961 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16963 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16964 Paginate and print the region contents.
16966 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16967 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16968 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16969 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16971 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16972 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16974 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16975 for further customization of the printer command.
16977 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16979 ;;;***
16981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16982 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16984 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16985 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16986 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16988 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16990 ;;;***
16992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21291 53104 0
16993 ;;;;;; 0))
16994 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16996 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16997 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16998 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16999 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17003 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17005 ;;;***
17007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21291 53104
17008 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17009 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17011 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17012 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17014 \(fn)" t nil)
17016 ;;;***
17018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17019 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17021 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17022 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17023 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17024 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17025 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17027 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17029 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17030 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17031 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17032 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17033 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17035 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17036 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17037 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17038 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17039 bindings.
17041 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17042 use this command, and then save the file.
17044 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17046 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17047 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17048 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17049 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17050 each time the macro executes.
17051 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17052 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17053 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17054 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17055 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17056 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17057 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17059 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17061 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17062 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17063 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17064 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17066 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17067 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17068 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17069 execute.
17071 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17072 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17074 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17075 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17076 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17077 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17078 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17080 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17081 looked like this:
17083 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17084 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17085 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17087 You could enter the names in this format:
17093 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17095 \\C-x (
17096 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17097 \\C-x )
17099 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17100 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17102 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17103 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17105 ;;;***
17107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21291 53104
17108 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17109 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17111 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17112 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17113 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17114 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17115 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17116 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17118 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17119 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17120 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17121 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17122 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17124 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17125 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17126 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17127 consing a string.)
17129 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17131 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17132 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17134 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17136 ;;;***
17138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21291 53104
17139 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17140 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17142 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17143 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17145 \(fn)" nil nil)
17147 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17150 \(fn)" nil nil)
17152 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17153 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17155 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17157 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17158 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17159 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17160 message.
17162 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17164 \(fn)" nil nil)
17166 ;;;***
17168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21291 53104
17169 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17170 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17172 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17173 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17174 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17175 often correct parser.")
17177 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17179 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17180 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17181 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17182 a value which excludes your own email address.
17184 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17185 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17187 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17189 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17190 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17192 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17194 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17195 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17196 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17197 we return it unconverted.
17199 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17200 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17202 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17204 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17205 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17206 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17207 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17209 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17211 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17212 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17213 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17214 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17216 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17218 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17219 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17220 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17221 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17222 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17223 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17224 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17225 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17226 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17227 as Rmail does.
17229 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17231 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17232 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17233 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17234 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17235 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17236 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17237 matches may be returned from the message body.
17239 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17241 ;;;***
17243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21291 53104
17244 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17247 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17248 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17249 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17250 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17251 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17252 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17254 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17256 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17257 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17258 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17259 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17260 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17262 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17263 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17264 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17265 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17269 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17270 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17272 \(fn)" nil nil)
17274 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17275 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17276 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17278 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17280 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17281 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17282 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17284 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17285 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17286 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17287 double-quotes.
17289 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17291 ;;;***
17293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21291 53104
17294 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17295 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17297 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17298 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17299 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17300 king@grassland.com
17301 If `parens', they look like:
17302 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17303 If `angles', they look like:
17304 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17306 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17308 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17309 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17310 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17311 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17312 their `Resent-' variants.
17314 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17315 removed from alias expansions.
17317 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17319 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17320 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17321 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17323 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17324 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17325 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17326 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17328 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17330 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17331 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17332 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17334 \(fn)" nil nil)
17336 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17337 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17338 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17339 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17341 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17343 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17345 ;;;***
17347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21291 53104
17348 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17349 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17351 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17352 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17353 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17354 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17356 \(fn)" nil nil)
17358 ;;;***
17360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21291
17361 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
17362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17364 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17365 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17367 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17368 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17369 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17370 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17371 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17372 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17374 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17375 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17376 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17377 dependency, despite the colon.
17379 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17381 In the browser, use the following keys:
17383 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17385 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17387 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17388 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17390 `makefile-target-colon':
17391 The string that gets appended to all target names
17392 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17393 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17395 `makefile-macro-assign':
17396 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17397 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17398 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17399 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17400 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17401 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17403 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17404 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17405 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17407 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17408 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17410 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17411 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17412 up or down in the browser.
17414 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17415 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17417 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17418 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17420 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17421 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17422 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17423 has been selected in the browser.
17425 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17426 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17427 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17428 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17429 filenames are omitted.
17431 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17432 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17433 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17434 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17435 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17436 the backslash itself intact.
17437 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17438 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17440 `makefile-browser-hook':
17441 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17442 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17444 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17445 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17446 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17447 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17449 \(fn)" t nil)
17451 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17452 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17454 \(fn)" t nil)
17456 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17457 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17459 \(fn)" t nil)
17461 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17462 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17464 \(fn)" t nil)
17466 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17467 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17469 \(fn)" t nil)
17471 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17472 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17474 \(fn)" t nil)
17476 ;;;***
17478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17479 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17481 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17482 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17483 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17485 \(fn)" t nil)
17487 ;;;***
17489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21587 28603 874778 0))
17490 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17492 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17494 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17495 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17496 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17497 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17498 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17499 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17500 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17501 page, it will display immediately.
17503 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17504 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17505 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17507 cat(1)
17508 1 cat
17510 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17511 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17512 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17513 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17515 -a chmod
17517 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17518 otherwise look like a page name.
17520 /my/file/name.1.gz
17521 -l somefile.1
17523 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17524 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17525 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17527 -k pattern
17529 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17531 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17532 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17534 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17536 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17537 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17539 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17541 ;;;***
17543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17544 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17545 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17547 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17548 Toggle Master mode.
17549 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17550 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17551 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17553 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17554 using the following commands:
17556 \\{master-mode-map}
17558 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17559 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17560 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17564 ;;;***
17566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17567 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17569 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17570 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17571 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17572 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17573 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17574 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17576 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17578 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17579 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17580 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17581 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17582 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17584 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17585 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17586 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17587 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17591 ;;;***
17593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17594 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17595 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17597 ;;;***
17599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21291 53104 0
17600 ;;;;;; 0))
17601 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17603 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17605 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17606 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17607 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17608 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17609 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17610 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17611 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17612 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17613 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17614 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17615 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17616 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17617 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17618 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17619 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17620 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17621 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17622 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17623 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17624 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17625 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17626 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17627 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17628 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17629 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17630 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17631 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17632 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17633 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17634 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17635 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17636 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17637 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17638 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17639 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17640 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17641 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17642 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17644 \(fn)" t nil)
17646 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17647 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17648 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17649 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17650 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17652 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17654 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17655 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17657 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17659 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17660 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17662 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17664 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17665 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17667 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17669 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17670 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17671 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17673 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17675 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17676 Cancel an article you posted.
17677 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17681 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17682 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17683 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17684 header line with the old Message-ID.
17686 \(fn)" t nil)
17688 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17689 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17691 \(fn)" t nil)
17693 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17694 Forward the current message via mail.
17695 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17696 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17698 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17700 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17703 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17705 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17708 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17710 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17711 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17713 \(fn)" t nil)
17715 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17716 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17718 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17720 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17721 Re-mail the current message.
17722 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17723 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17724 you.
17726 \(fn)" t nil)
17728 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17729 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17731 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17733 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17734 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17736 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17738 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17739 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17741 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17743 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17744 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17746 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17748 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17749 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17750 Works by overstriking characters.
17751 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17752 which specify the range to operate on.
17754 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17756 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17757 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17758 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17759 which specify the range to operate on.
17761 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17763 ;;;***
17765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21291
17766 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
17767 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17768 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17770 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17771 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17773 \(fn)" t nil)
17775 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17776 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17778 \(fn)" t nil)
17780 ;;;***
17782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21291 53104
17783 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17784 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17786 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17787 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17788 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17790 \(fn)" t nil)
17792 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17793 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17794 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17795 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17796 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17797 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17798 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17800 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17802 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17803 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17804 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17805 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17806 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17807 means current).
17808 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17809 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17811 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17813 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17814 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17815 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17816 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17817 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17818 means current).
17819 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17820 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17822 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17824 ;;;***
17826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21546 37177 316318
17827 ;;;;;; 0))
17828 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17830 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17831 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17832 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17834 \(fn)" t nil)
17836 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17837 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17838 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17840 \(fn)" t nil)
17842 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17843 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17845 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17846 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17847 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17849 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17850 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17852 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17853 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17855 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17857 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17859 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17860 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17861 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17862 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17863 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17864 as `compose-mail'.
17866 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17867 initial Subject field, respectively.
17869 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17870 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17871 are strings.
17873 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17874 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17876 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17878 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17879 Save draft and send message.
17881 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17882 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17883 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17884 Mail Delivery*\".
17886 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17887 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17888 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17890 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17891 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17892 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17893 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17894 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17895 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17897 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17898 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17900 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17901 message and scan line.
17903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17905 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17906 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17908 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17909 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17910 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17911 delete the draft message.
17913 \(fn)" t nil)
17915 ;;;***
17917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21546 37177 316318 0))
17918 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17919 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
17921 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17923 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17925 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17927 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17928 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17930 \(fn)" t nil)
17932 ;;;***
17934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21291 53104
17935 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17936 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17938 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17939 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17940 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17942 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17943 the MH mail system.
17945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17947 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17948 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17949 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17951 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17952 the MH mail system.
17954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17956 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17957 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17959 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17960 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17961 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17962 separate command.
17964 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17965 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17966 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17967 format.
17969 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17971 Ranges
17972 ======
17973 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17974 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17975 can be used in several ways.
17977 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17978 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17979 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17980 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17981 page):
17983 <num1>-<num2>
17984 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17985 The range must be nonempty.
17987 <num>:N
17988 <num>:+N
17989 <num>:-N
17990 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17991 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17992 last.
17994 first:N
17995 prev:N
17996 next:N
17997 last:N
17998 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18001 All of the messages.
18003 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18004 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18006 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18007 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18008 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18010 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18012 \(fn)" t nil)
18014 ;;;***
18016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18017 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18019 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18020 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18021 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18022 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18023 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18024 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18025 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18026 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18027 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18028 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18029 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18031 \(fn)" t nil)
18033 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18034 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18035 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18036 to its second argument TM.
18038 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18040 ;;;***
18042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21291 53104
18043 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18044 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18046 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18047 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18048 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18049 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18050 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18051 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18053 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18055 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18056 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18057 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18058 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18059 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18061 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18062 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18063 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18064 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18065 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18066 is modified to remove the default indication.
18068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18070 ;;;***
18072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18073 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18075 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18076 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18077 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18078 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18079 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18080 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18081 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18082 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18083 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18085 \(fn)" t nil)
18087 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18088 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18089 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18090 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18091 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18092 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18093 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18094 The return value is always nil.
18096 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18098 ;;;***
18100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18101 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18102 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18104 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18105 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18107 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18108 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18109 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18110 next occurrence.
18112 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18113 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18114 end of the search space).
18116 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18117 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18118 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18119 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18120 should return the previous buffer to search.
18122 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18123 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18124 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18126 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18127 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18128 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18129 Isearch starts.")
18131 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18132 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18133 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18135 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18136 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18137 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18139 \(fn)" nil nil)
18141 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18142 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18143 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18144 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18145 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18146 whose names match the specified regexp.
18148 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18150 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18151 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18152 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18153 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18154 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18155 whose names match the specified regexp.
18157 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18159 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18160 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18161 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18162 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18163 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18164 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18165 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18167 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18169 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18170 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18171 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18172 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18173 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18174 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18175 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18177 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18179 ;;;***
18181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21291
18182 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18183 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18184 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18186 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18187 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18189 \(fn)" t nil)
18191 ;;;***
18193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21291 53104
18194 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18197 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18198 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18200 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18202 ;;;***
18204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21291 53104
18205 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18206 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18208 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18209 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18211 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18213 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18214 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18215 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18216 the entire message.
18217 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18219 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18221 ;;;***
18223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21291 53104
18224 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18227 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18228 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18229 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18230 the entire message.
18231 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18233 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18235 ;;;***
18237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18240 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18241 Insert file contents of URL.
18242 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18244 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18246 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18247 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18249 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18251 ;;;***
18253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18256 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18257 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18258 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18259 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18260 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18262 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18264 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18265 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18266 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18268 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18270 ;;;***
18272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21547 58040 560240 0))
18273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18275 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18276 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18278 \(fn)" nil nil)
18280 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18281 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18282 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18283 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18284 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18286 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18287 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18288 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18289 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18290 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18291 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18293 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18295 ;;;***
18297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21291 53104 0
18298 ;;;;;; 0))
18299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18301 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18304 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18306 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18309 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18311 ;;;***
18313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21291 53104 0
18314 ;;;;;; 0))
18315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18317 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18320 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18322 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18325 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18327 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18330 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18332 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18335 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18337 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18340 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18342 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18345 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18347 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18350 \(fn)" nil nil)
18352 ;;;***
18354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21291 53104
18355 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18356 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18358 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18360 ;;;***
18362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21291 53104
18363 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18366 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18368 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18369 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18370 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18371 followed by the first character of the construct.
18372 \\<m2-mode-map>
18373 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18374 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18375 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18376 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18377 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18378 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18379 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18380 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18381 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18382 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18383 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18384 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18385 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18386 \\[m2-link] link
18388 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18389 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18390 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18392 \(fn)" t nil)
18394 ;;;***
18396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18397 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18399 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18400 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18402 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18404 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18405 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18407 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18409 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18410 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18412 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18414 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18415 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18417 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18419 ;;;***
18421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21291 53104 0
18422 ;;;;;; 0))
18423 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18425 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18426 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18428 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18429 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18430 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18432 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18433 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18434 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18436 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18437 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18439 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18440 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18441 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18442 hemisphere you're in.)
18444 To test this function, evaluate:
18445 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18447 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18449 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18450 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18452 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18453 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18455 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18456 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18457 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18459 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18460 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18462 To test this function, evaluate:
18463 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18465 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18467 ;;;***
18469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21346 62196 0 0))
18470 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18472 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18473 Main entry point for MPC.
18475 \(fn)" t nil)
18477 ;;;***
18479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18480 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18482 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18483 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18485 \(fn)" t nil)
18487 ;;;***
18489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18490 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18492 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18493 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18494 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18495 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18496 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18497 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18499 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18501 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18502 Toggle Msb mode.
18503 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18504 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18505 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18507 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18508 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18512 ;;;***
18514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21291
18515 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18516 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18518 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18519 Display a list of all character sets.
18521 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18522 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18523 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18524 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18525 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18527 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18528 but still shows the full information.
18530 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18532 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18533 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18534 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18536 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18537 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18538 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18539 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18540 meanings of these arguments.
18542 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18544 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18545 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18547 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18549 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18550 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18552 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18554 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18555 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18557 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18559 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18560 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18562 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18563 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18564 in place of `..':
18565 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18566 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18567 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18568 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18569 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18570 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18571 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18572 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18573 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18574 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18575 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18576 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18577 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18578 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18579 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18580 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18582 \(fn)" t nil)
18584 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18585 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18587 \(fn)" t nil)
18589 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18590 Display a list of all coding systems.
18591 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18593 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18594 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18598 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18599 Display a list of all coding categories.
18601 \(fn)" nil nil)
18603 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18604 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18605 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18607 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18609 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18610 Display information about FONTSET.
18611 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18613 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18615 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18616 Display a list of all fontsets.
18617 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18618 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18619 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18623 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18624 Display information about all input methods.
18626 \(fn)" t nil)
18628 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18629 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18631 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18632 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18633 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18634 system which uses fontsets).
18636 \(fn)" t nil)
18638 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18639 Show log of font listing and opening.
18640 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18641 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18643 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18645 ;;;***
18647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21291
18648 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18649 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18651 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18652 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18654 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18655 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18657 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18658 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18660 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18662 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18663 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18664 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18665 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18666 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18667 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18668 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18670 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18671 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18672 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18673 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18674 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18675 middle of a character in STR.
18677 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18678 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18680 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18681 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18682 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18683 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18684 defaults to \"...\".
18686 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18688 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18689 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18691 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18692 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18693 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18695 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18696 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18697 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18699 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18700 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18701 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18702 are considered.
18703 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18704 longer than KEYSEQ.
18705 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18707 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18709 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18710 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18711 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18712 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18713 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18714 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18715 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18716 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18717 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18718 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18719 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18721 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18723 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18724 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18726 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18728 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18729 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18731 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18733 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18734 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18736 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18738 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18739 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18741 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18743 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18744 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18745 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18746 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18747 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18749 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18750 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18752 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18753 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18754 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18755 coding systems ordered by priority.
18757 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18759 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18761 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18762 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18763 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18764 language environment LANG-ENV.
18766 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18768 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18769 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18770 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18771 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18772 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18773 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18775 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18777 ;;;***
18779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21291 53104
18780 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18781 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18783 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18784 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18786 \(fn)" t nil)
18788 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18789 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18791 \(fn)" t nil)
18793 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18794 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18796 \(fn)" t nil)
18798 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18799 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18801 \(fn)" t nil)
18803 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18804 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18806 \(fn)" t nil)
18808 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18809 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18811 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18813 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18814 Ping HOST.
18815 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18816 `ping-program-options'.
18818 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18820 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18821 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18823 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18825 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18826 Run nslookup program.
18828 \(fn)" t nil)
18830 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18831 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18833 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18835 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18836 Run dig program.
18838 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18840 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18841 Run ftp program.
18843 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18845 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18846 Finger USER on HOST.
18848 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18850 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18851 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18852 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18853 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18855 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18857 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18860 \(fn)" t nil)
18862 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18863 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18865 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18867 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18868 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18870 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18872 ;;;***
18874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18875 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18877 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18878 Return a user name/password pair.
18879 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18880 listed in the PORTS list.
18882 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18884 ;;;***
18886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21291
18887 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18888 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18890 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18891 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18892 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18893 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18894 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18895 closes it.
18897 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18898 make it unique.
18899 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18900 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18901 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18902 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18903 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18904 a port number to connect to.
18906 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18907 values:
18909 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18910 nil or `network'
18911 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18912 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18913 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18914 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18915 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18916 an unencrypted connection.
18917 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18918 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18919 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18920 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18921 returned object is a killed process.
18922 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18923 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18924 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18926 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18927 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18928 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18929 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18930 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18931 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18932 or nil if none could be found.
18933 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18934 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18936 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18938 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18939 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18940 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18942 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18943 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18944 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18946 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18947 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18948 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18950 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18951 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18952 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18953 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18955 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
18956 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18958 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18959 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18960 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18961 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18962 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18963 or STARTTLS connections.
18965 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
18966 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
18968 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
18969 a greeting from the server.
18971 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18972 asynchronously, if possible.
18974 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18976 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18978 ;;;***
18980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21291
18981 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18982 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18984 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18985 Check whether newsticker is running.
18986 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18987 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18989 \(fn)" nil nil)
18991 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18992 Start the newsticker.
18993 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18994 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18995 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18996 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18998 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19000 ;;;***
19002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19003 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
19004 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19006 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19007 Start newsticker plainview.
19009 \(fn)" t nil)
19011 ;;;***
19013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21291
19014 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19015 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19017 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19018 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19020 \(fn)" t nil)
19022 ;;;***
19024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21291
19025 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19026 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19028 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19029 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19030 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19031 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19032 empty.
19034 \(fn)" nil nil)
19036 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19037 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19038 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19039 running already.
19041 \(fn)" t nil)
19043 ;;;***
19045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21291
19046 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19047 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19049 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19050 Start newsticker treeview.
19052 \(fn)" t nil)
19054 ;;;***
19056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21291 53104
19057 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19058 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19059 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19061 ;;;***
19063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21291 53104 0
19064 ;;;;;; 0))
19065 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19067 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19068 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19070 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19072 ;;;***
19074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19075 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19077 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19078 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19079 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19080 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19081 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19082 symbol in the alist.
19084 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19086 ;;;***
19088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21291 53104
19089 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19090 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19092 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19093 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19094 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19096 \(fn)" t nil)
19098 ;;;***
19100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19103 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19104 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19106 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19108 ;;;***
19110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19111 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19113 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19115 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19116 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19117 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19119 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19122 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19124 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19125 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19126 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19127 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19128 to future sessions.
19130 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19132 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19133 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19134 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19135 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19136 future sessions.
19138 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19140 ;;;***
19142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21291
19143 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19144 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19146 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19147 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19148 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19149 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19150 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19151 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19153 \(fn)" t nil)
19155 ;;;***
19157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19158 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19159 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19161 ;;;***
19163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21291 57968
19164 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19165 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19167 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19168 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19169 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19170 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19172 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19174 ;;;***
19176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21373 1839
19177 ;;;;;; 721535 649000))
19178 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19180 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19181 Major mode for editing XML.
19183 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19184 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19185 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19186 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19187 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19188 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19189 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19191 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19193 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19194 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19196 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19197 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19198 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19199 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19200 instead of C-c.
19202 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19203 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19204 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19205 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19206 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19207 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19209 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19210 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19211 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19213 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19214 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19215 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19217 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19218 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19219 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19220 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19221 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19222 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19223 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19224 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19225 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19227 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19229 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19230 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19232 \(fn)" t nil)
19233 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19235 ;;;***
19237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21291 57968
19238 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19239 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19241 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19242 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19243 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19244 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19246 \(fn)" t nil)
19248 ;;;***
19250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21430 36152
19251 ;;;;;; 122368 0))
19252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19254 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19255 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19257 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19258 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19259 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19260 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19262 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19264 Key bindings:
19265 \\{octave-mode-map}
19267 \(fn)" t nil)
19269 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19270 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19271 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19273 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19275 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19276 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19278 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19279 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19280 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19284 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19286 ;;;***
19288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21291 53104
19289 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19290 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19292 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19294 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19295 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19296 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19297 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19298 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19300 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19302 Customization:
19304 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19305 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19306 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19307 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19308 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19309 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19310 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19311 Directories to search when finding external units.
19312 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19313 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19315 Coloring:
19317 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19318 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19320 \(fn)" t nil)
19322 ;;;***
19324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21562 25401 415 0))
19325 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19327 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19328 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19330 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19332 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19333 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19334 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19335 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19336 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19337 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19339 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19341 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19342 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19343 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19344 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19345 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19347 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19349 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19350 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19352 \(fn)" nil nil)
19354 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19355 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19357 \(fn)" nil nil)
19359 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19360 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19361 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19363 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19364 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19365 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19366 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19367 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19368 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19369 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19370 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19371 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19372 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19374 The following commands are available:
19376 \\{org-mode-map}
19378 \(fn)" t nil)
19380 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19381 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19383 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19384 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19385 in special contexts.
19387 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19388 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19389 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19390 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19391 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19392 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19393 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19394 properties in the buffer.
19395 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19396 including any drawers.
19398 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19400 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19401 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19402 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19403 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19404 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19405 and zoom in further.
19406 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19407 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19409 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19410 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19411 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19412 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19413 times right after creating a new headline.
19415 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19416 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19417 is negative, go up that many levels.
19419 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19420 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19421 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19423 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19424 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19425 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19426 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19430 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19431 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19432 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19433 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19436 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19438 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19439 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19440 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19441 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19442 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19443 defined by Org-mode).
19445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19447 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19448 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19450 \(fn)" nil nil)
19452 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19453 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19455 \(fn)" nil nil)
19457 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19458 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19459 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19460 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19461 call CMD.
19463 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19465 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19466 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19467 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19468 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19470 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19471 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19472 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19474 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19475 part of Org's core.
19477 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19478 active region.
19480 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19482 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19483 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19484 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19486 \(fn)" t nil)
19488 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19489 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19490 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19491 Org-mode syntax.
19493 \(fn)" t nil)
19495 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19496 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19498 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19500 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19501 Switch between Org buffers.
19502 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19503 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19505 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19506 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19510 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19512 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19514 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19515 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19516 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19517 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19519 \(fn)" t nil)
19521 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19522 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19524 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19526 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19527 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19528 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19530 \(fn)" t nil)
19532 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19533 Reload all org lisp files.
19534 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19536 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19538 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19539 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19541 \(fn)" t nil)
19543 ;;;***
19545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21563 46263
19546 ;;;;;; 313725 0))
19547 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19549 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19550 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19554 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19555 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19556 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19557 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19559 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19560 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19561 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19562 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19563 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19564 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19565 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19566 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19567 e Export views to associated files.
19568 s Search entries for keywords.
19569 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19570 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19571 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19572 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19573 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19574 > Remove a previous restriction.
19575 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19576 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19577 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19579 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19580 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19581 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19583 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19584 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19585 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19586 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19587 \(if active).
19589 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19591 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19592 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19593 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19594 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19595 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19596 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19597 before running the agenda command.
19599 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19601 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19602 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19603 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19604 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19605 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19606 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19607 before running the agenda command.
19609 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19610 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19612 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19614 category The category of the item
19615 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19616 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19617 todo selected in TODO match
19618 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19619 diary imported from diary
19620 deadline a deadline on given date
19621 scheduled scheduled on given date
19622 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19623 closed entry was closed on given date
19624 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19625 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19626 block entry has date block including g. date
19627 todo The todo keyword, if any
19628 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19629 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19630 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19631 extra Sting with extra planning info
19632 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19633 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19634 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19636 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19638 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19639 Store agenda views.
19641 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19643 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19644 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19646 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19648 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19649 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19650 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19651 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19653 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19654 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19655 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19657 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19658 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19660 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19661 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19663 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19665 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19666 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19668 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19669 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19670 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19671 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19672 EDIT-AT.
19674 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19675 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19676 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19677 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19678 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19679 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19681 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19682 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19683 including newlines.
19685 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19686 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19687 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19688 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19689 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19690 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19691 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19693 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19694 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19695 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19696 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19698 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19699 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19700 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19701 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19702 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19703 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19704 Boolean search must match as full words.
19706 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19707 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19709 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19711 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19712 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19713 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19714 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19715 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19716 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19720 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19721 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19722 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19724 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19726 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19727 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19728 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19729 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19730 `org-stuck-projects'.
19732 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19734 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19735 Return diary information from org files.
19736 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19737 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19738 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19739 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19740 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19742 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19744 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19746 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19747 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19749 &%%(org-diary)
19751 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19752 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19753 So the example above may also be written as
19755 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19757 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19758 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19759 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19761 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19763 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19764 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19766 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19768 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19769 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19770 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19771 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19772 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19774 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19776 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19777 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19778 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19780 \(fn)" t nil)
19782 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19783 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19784 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19785 appointments.
19787 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19788 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19790 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19791 for filtering entries out.
19793 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19794 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19795 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19797 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19798 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19800 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19801 (category \"Work\"))
19803 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19804 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19806 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19807 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19808 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19809 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19810 details and examples.
19812 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19813 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19815 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19817 ;;;***
19819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21550 34234
19820 ;;;;;; 544440 0))
19821 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19823 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19824 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19826 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19828 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19829 Capture something.
19830 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19831 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19832 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19833 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19834 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19835 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19837 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19838 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19839 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19840 stored.
19842 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19844 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19845 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19846 will be bypassed.
19848 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19849 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19850 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19851 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19853 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19855 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19856 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19858 \(fn)" t nil)
19860 ;;;***
19862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21341 23900
19863 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19864 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19866 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19867 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19869 \(fn)" t nil)
19871 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19874 \(fn)" nil nil)
19876 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19877 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19878 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19880 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19882 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19883 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19885 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19887 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19888 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19890 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19892 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19893 Write the column view table.
19894 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19896 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19897 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19898 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19899 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19900 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19901 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19902 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19903 using `org-id-find'.
19904 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19905 a hline before each level <= that number.
19906 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19907 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19908 :skip-empty-rows
19909 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
19910 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
19912 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
19914 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
19915 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
19917 \(fn)" t nil)
19919 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
19920 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
19922 \(fn)" t nil)
19924 ;;;***
19926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21550 34234
19927 ;;;;;; 544440 0))
19928 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
19930 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
19931 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
19933 \(fn)" nil t)
19935 ;;;***
19937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21550 34234 544440
19938 ;;;;;; 0))
19939 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
19941 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
19942 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
19944 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
19946 ;;;***
19948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21563 46263
19949 ;;;;;; 313725 0))
19950 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
19952 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
19953 The release version of org-mode.
19954 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
19956 \(fn)" nil nil)
19958 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
19959 The Git version of org-mode.
19960 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
19962 \(fn)" nil nil)
19964 ;;;***
19966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19967 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19968 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19969 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19971 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
19972 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19973 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19974 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19976 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19977 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19978 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19979 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19981 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19982 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19983 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19984 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19985 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19986 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19988 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19989 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19990 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19992 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19993 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19994 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19995 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19996 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19997 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19998 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19999 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20000 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20001 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20002 The subheadings remain visible.
20003 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20005 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20006 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20007 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20009 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20010 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20012 \(fn)" t nil)
20014 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20015 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20016 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20017 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20018 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20020 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20023 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20025 ;;;***
20027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21548 36924
20028 ;;;;;; 712996 563000))
20029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20030 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20032 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20033 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20034 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20035 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20036 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20038 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20039 activate the package system at any time.")
20041 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20043 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20044 Install the package PKG.
20045 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20046 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20048 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20050 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20051 Install a package from the current buffer.
20052 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20053 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20054 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20056 \(fn)" t nil)
20058 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20059 Install a package from a file.
20060 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20062 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20064 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20065 Import keys from FILE.
20067 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20069 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20070 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20071 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20072 makes them available for download.
20074 \(fn)" t nil)
20076 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20077 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20078 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20079 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20081 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20083 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20084 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20086 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20088 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20089 Display a list of packages.
20090 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20091 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20092 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20094 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20096 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20098 ;;;***
20100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20101 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20103 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20104 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20105 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20106 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20107 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20108 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20110 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20112 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20113 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20114 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20115 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20116 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20118 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20119 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20120 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20124 ;;;***
20126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21291
20127 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
20128 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20129 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20131 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20132 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20133 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20134 unknown are returned as nil.
20136 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20138 ;;;***
20140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21423 62909
20141 ;;;;;; 33477 0))
20142 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20144 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20145 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20146 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20148 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20149 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20151 Other useful functions are:
20153 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20154 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20155 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20156 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20157 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20158 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20159 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20160 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20161 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20163 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20165 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20166 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20167 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20168 Indentation for case statements.
20169 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20170 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20171 mark after an end.
20172 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20173 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20174 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20175 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20176 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20177 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20178 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20179 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20180 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20181 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20183 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20184 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20186 \(fn)" t nil)
20188 ;;;***
20190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21291
20191 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
20192 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20194 (defvar password-cache t "\
20195 Whether to cache passwords.")
20197 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20199 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20200 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20201 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20203 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20205 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20206 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20208 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20210 ;;;***
20212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21291 53104
20213 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20216 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20217 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20218 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20220 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20221 _ matches anything.
20222 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20223 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20224 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20225 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20226 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20227 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20228 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20229 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20230 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20231 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20233 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20234 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20235 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20236 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20237 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20238 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20240 PRED can take the form
20241 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20242 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20243 which is the value being matched.
20244 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20245 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20246 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20247 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20248 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20250 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20252 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20254 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20255 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20256 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20257 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20259 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20261 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20263 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20264 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20265 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20266 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20268 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20270 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20272 ;;;***
20274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20275 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20277 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20278 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20280 \(fn)" nil nil)
20282 ;;;***
20284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20285 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20287 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20288 Completion for `gzip'.
20290 \(fn)" nil nil)
20292 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20293 Completion for `bzip2'.
20295 \(fn)" nil nil)
20297 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20298 Completion for GNU `make'.
20300 \(fn)" nil nil)
20302 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20303 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20305 \(fn)" nil nil)
20307 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20309 ;;;***
20311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21291 53104
20312 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20313 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20315 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20316 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20318 \(fn)" nil nil)
20320 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20321 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20323 \(fn)" nil nil)
20325 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20326 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20328 \(fn)" nil nil)
20330 ;;;***
20332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20333 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20335 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20336 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20338 \(fn)" nil nil)
20340 ;;;***
20342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21291 53104 0
20343 ;;;;;; 0))
20344 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20346 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20347 Completion for `cd'.
20349 \(fn)" nil nil)
20351 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20353 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20354 Completion for `rmdir'.
20356 \(fn)" nil nil)
20358 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20359 Completion for `rm'.
20361 \(fn)" nil nil)
20363 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20364 Completion for `xargs'.
20366 \(fn)" nil nil)
20368 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20370 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20371 Completion for `which'.
20373 \(fn)" nil nil)
20375 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20376 Completion for the `chown' command.
20378 \(fn)" nil nil)
20380 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20381 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20383 \(fn)" nil nil)
20385 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20386 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20388 \(fn)" nil nil)
20390 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20391 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20392 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20394 \(fn)" nil nil)
20396 ;;;***
20398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20399 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20401 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20402 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20404 \(fn)" nil nil)
20406 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20407 Completion for the `ack' command.
20408 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20409 long options.
20411 \(fn)" nil nil)
20413 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20415 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20416 Completion for the `ag' command.
20418 \(fn)" nil nil)
20420 ;;;***
20422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20423 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20425 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20426 Support extensible programmable completion.
20427 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20428 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20430 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20432 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20433 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20435 \(fn)" t nil)
20437 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20438 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20439 This will modify the current buffer.
20441 \(fn)" t nil)
20443 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20444 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20446 \(fn)" t nil)
20448 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20449 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20450 This will modify the current buffer.
20452 \(fn)" t nil)
20454 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20455 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20457 \(fn)" t nil)
20459 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20460 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20462 \(fn)" t nil)
20464 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20465 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20466 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20467 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20468 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20470 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20472 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20473 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20475 \(fn)" nil nil)
20477 ;;;***
20479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20480 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20482 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20483 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20484 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20485 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20487 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20489 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20491 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20492 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20493 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20494 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20495 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20496 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20497 FLAGS is ignored.
20499 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20501 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20502 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20503 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20504 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20505 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20506 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20507 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20508 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20510 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20512 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20513 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20514 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20515 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20516 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20517 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20518 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20519 passed to cvs.
20521 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20523 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20524 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20525 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20526 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20527 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20528 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20529 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20531 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20533 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20534 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20535 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20537 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20539 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20540 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20541 A value of nil means never do it.
20542 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20543 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20544 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20546 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20548 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20549 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20550 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20552 ;;;***
20554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21291 53104
20555 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20556 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20558 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20559 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20561 ;;;***
20563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21341
20564 ;;;;;; 23900 0 0))
20565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20566 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20567 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20568 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20569 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20570 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20571 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20573 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20574 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20575 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20576 Tab indents for Perl code.
20577 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20578 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20579 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20580 \\{perl-mode-map}
20581 Variables controlling indentation style:
20582 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20583 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20584 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20585 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20586 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20587 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20588 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20589 `perl-nochange'
20590 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20591 `perl-indent-level'
20592 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20593 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20594 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20595 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20596 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20597 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20598 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20599 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20600 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20601 `perl-brace-offset'
20602 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20603 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20604 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20605 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20606 `perl-label-offset'
20607 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20608 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20609 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20611 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20612 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20613 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20614 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20615 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20616 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20617 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20619 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20621 \(fn)" t nil)
20623 ;;;***
20625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21419 27241
20626 ;;;;;; 500420 0))
20627 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20629 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20630 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20631 \\<picture-mode-map>
20632 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20633 afterwards settable by these commands:
20635 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20636 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20637 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20638 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20640 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20641 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20642 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20643 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20645 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20646 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20647 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20648 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20650 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20651 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20652 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20653 with these commands:
20655 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20656 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20657 Move to column following last
20658 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20659 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20660 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20661 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20662 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20663 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20665 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20667 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20668 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20669 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20670 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20671 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20672 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20674 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20675 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20676 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20677 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20678 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20679 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20680 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20682 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20683 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20684 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20685 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20686 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20687 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20688 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20689 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20691 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20692 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20693 by supplying an argument.
20695 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20697 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20698 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20700 \(fn)" t nil)
20702 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20704 ;;;***
20706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21291 53104 0
20707 ;;;;;; 0))
20708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20710 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20711 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20713 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20715 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20716 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20718 \(fn)" t nil)
20720 ;;;***
20722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20723 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20725 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20726 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20727 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20729 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20731 ;;;***
20733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20734 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20736 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20737 Play pong and waste time.
20738 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20739 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20741 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20743 \\{pong-mode-map}
20745 \(fn)" t nil)
20747 ;;;***
20749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20750 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20752 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20753 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20754 Use streaming commands.
20756 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20758 ;;;***
20760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21427 59969 217865
20761 ;;;;;; 0))
20762 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20764 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20765 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20766 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20767 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20769 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20771 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20772 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20774 \(fn)" nil nil)
20776 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20777 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20778 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20779 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20780 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20782 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20784 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20785 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20786 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20788 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20790 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20791 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20793 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20795 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20796 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20797 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20798 Ignores leading comment characters.
20800 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20802 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20803 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20804 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20805 Ignores leading comment characters.
20807 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20809 ;;;***
20811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21359 23622 725850
20812 ;;;;;; 0))
20813 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20814 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20816 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20817 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20819 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20821 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20823 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20825 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20826 Preview directory using ghostview.
20828 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20829 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20830 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20831 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20833 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20834 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20835 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20836 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20837 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20838 file name.
20840 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20842 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20844 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20845 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20847 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20848 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20849 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20850 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20852 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20853 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20854 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20855 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20856 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20857 file name.
20859 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20861 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20863 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20864 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20866 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20867 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20868 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20869 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20871 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20872 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20873 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20874 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20875 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20876 file name.
20878 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20880 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20882 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20883 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20885 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20887 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20888 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20889 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20890 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20892 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20893 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20894 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20895 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20896 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20897 file name.
20899 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20901 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20903 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20904 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20906 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20907 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20908 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20910 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20911 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20912 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20913 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20915 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20917 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20918 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20920 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20921 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20922 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20924 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20925 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20926 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20927 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20929 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20931 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
20932 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20934 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20935 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20936 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20938 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20939 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20940 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20941 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20943 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20945 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
20946 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20948 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20950 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20951 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20952 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20954 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20955 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20956 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20957 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20959 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20961 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
20962 Preview region using ghostview.
20964 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20966 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20968 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20969 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20971 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20973 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20975 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
20976 Print region using PostScript printer.
20978 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20980 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20982 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
20983 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20985 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20987 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20989 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
20990 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20992 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20994 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20996 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20997 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20999 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21001 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21003 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21004 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21006 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21008 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21010 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21011 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21013 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21015 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21017 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21018 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21019 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21020 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21022 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21023 matching.
21025 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21026 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21028 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21030 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21032 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21033 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21034 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21035 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21037 \(fn)" t nil)
21039 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21040 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21041 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21042 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21044 \(fn)" t nil)
21046 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21047 Print directory using text printer.
21049 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21050 matching.
21052 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21053 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21055 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21057 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21059 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21060 Print buffer using text printer.
21062 \(fn)" t nil)
21064 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21065 Print region using text printer.
21067 \(fn)" t nil)
21069 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21070 Print major mode using text printer.
21072 \(fn)" t nil)
21074 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21075 Preview spooled PostScript.
21077 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21078 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21079 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21081 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21082 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21083 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21085 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21087 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21088 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21090 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21091 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21092 instead of sending it to the printer.
21094 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21095 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21096 image in a file with that name.
21098 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21100 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21101 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21103 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21104 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21105 instead of sending it to the printer.
21107 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21108 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21109 image in a file with that name.
21111 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21113 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21114 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21116 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21117 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21118 instead of sending it to the printer.
21120 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21121 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21122 image in a file with that name.
21124 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21126 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21127 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21129 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21131 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21132 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21134 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21136 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21137 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21139 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21141 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21142 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21144 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21146 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21147 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21149 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21151 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21152 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21154 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21155 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21156 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21157 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21159 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21160 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21161 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21162 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21163 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21164 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21165 file name.
21167 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21169 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21170 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21172 \(fn)" t nil)
21174 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21175 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21177 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21178 right.
21179 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21180 bottom.
21182 \(fn)" t nil)
21184 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21185 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21187 \(fn)" t nil)
21189 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21190 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21192 \(fn)" t nil)
21194 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21195 Toggle printing with faces.
21197 \(fn)" t nil)
21199 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21200 Toggle spooling.
21202 \(fn)" t nil)
21204 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21205 Toggle duplex.
21207 \(fn)" t nil)
21209 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21210 Toggle tumble.
21212 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21213 right.
21214 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21215 bottom.
21217 \(fn)" t nil)
21219 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21220 Toggle landscape.
21222 \(fn)" t nil)
21224 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21225 Toggle upside-down.
21227 \(fn)" t nil)
21229 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21230 Toggle line number.
21232 \(fn)" t nil)
21234 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21235 Toggle zebra stripes.
21237 \(fn)" t nil)
21239 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21240 Toggle printing header.
21242 \(fn)" t nil)
21244 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21245 Toggle printing header frame.
21247 \(fn)" t nil)
21249 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21250 Toggle menu lock.
21252 \(fn)" t nil)
21254 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21255 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21257 \(fn)" t nil)
21259 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21260 Toggle auto mode.
21262 \(fn)" t nil)
21264 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21265 Customization of the `printing' group.
21267 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21269 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21270 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21272 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21274 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21275 Help for the printing package.
21277 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21279 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21280 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21282 \(fn)" t nil)
21284 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21285 Interactively select a text printer.
21287 \(fn)" t nil)
21289 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21290 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21292 \(fn)" t nil)
21294 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21295 Show current ps-print settings.
21297 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21299 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21300 Show current printing settings.
21302 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21304 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21305 Show current lpr settings.
21307 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21309 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21310 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21312 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21313 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21314 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21315 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21318 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21320 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21321 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21322 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21324 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21325 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21326 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21327 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21328 current active printer.
21330 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21331 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21332 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21333 printer.
21335 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21336 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21337 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21338 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21339 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21342 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21343 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21345 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21347 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21348 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21349 be done using the new current active printer.
21351 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21352 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21353 printer.
21355 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21356 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21357 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21358 instead of sending it to the printer.
21360 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21361 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21362 printer.
21364 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21367 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21368 are both set to t.
21370 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21372 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21373 Fast fire function for text printing.
21375 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21376 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21377 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21378 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21380 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21381 user for a new active text printer.
21383 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21385 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21387 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21388 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21389 printer.
21391 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21393 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21394 are both set to t.
21396 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21398 ;;;***
21400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21401 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21403 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21404 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21405 \\<proced-mode-map>
21406 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21407 the process information.
21409 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21411 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21412 Proced buffers.
21414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21416 ;;;***
21418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21419 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21421 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21422 Start/restart profilers.
21423 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21424 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21425 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21427 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21429 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21430 Open profile FILENAME.
21432 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21434 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21435 Open profile FILENAME.
21437 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21439 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21440 Open profile FILENAME.
21442 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21444 ;;;***
21446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21559 49204
21447 ;;;;;; 612992 0))
21448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21450 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21451 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21453 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21454 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21456 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21458 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21459 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21461 Commands:
21462 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21464 \(fn)" t nil)
21466 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21467 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21468 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21470 \(fn)" t nil)
21472 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21473 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21474 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21476 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21478 ;;;***
21480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21481 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21483 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21484 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21485 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21487 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21489 ;;;***
21491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21291 53104
21492 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21494 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21496 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21497 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21499 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21501 The following variables hold user options, and can
21502 be set through the `customize' command:
21504 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21505 `ps-mode-tab'
21506 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21507 `ps-mode-print-function'
21508 `ps-run-prompt'
21509 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21510 `ps-run-x'
21511 `ps-run-dumb'
21512 `ps-run-init'
21513 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21514 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21516 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21519 \\{ps-mode-map}
21522 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21523 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21524 The keymap for this second window is:
21526 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21529 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21530 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21531 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21532 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21533 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21535 \(fn)" t nil)
21537 ;;;***
21539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21359 23622 725850
21540 ;;;;;; 0))
21541 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21542 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21544 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21545 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21546 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21548 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21550 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21551 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21552 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21553 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21555 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21557 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21558 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21560 Valid values are:
21562 nil Do not print colors.
21564 t Print colors.
21566 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21567 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21569 Any other value is treated as t.")
21571 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21573 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21574 Customization of ps-print group.
21576 \(fn)" t nil)
21578 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21579 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21581 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21582 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21583 sending it to the printer.
21585 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21586 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21587 image in a file with that name.
21589 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21591 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21592 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21593 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21594 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21595 so it has a way to determine color values.
21597 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21599 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21600 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21601 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21603 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21605 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21606 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21607 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21608 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21609 so it has a way to determine color values.
21611 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21613 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21614 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21615 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21616 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21618 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21620 \(fn)" t nil)
21622 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21623 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21624 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21625 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21626 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21628 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21630 \(fn)" t nil)
21632 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21633 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21634 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21636 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21638 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21640 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21641 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21642 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21643 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21644 so it has a way to determine color values.
21646 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21648 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21650 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21651 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21653 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21654 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21655 instead of sending it to the printer.
21657 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21658 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21659 image in a file with that name.
21661 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21663 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21664 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21665 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21666 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21667 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21669 \(fn)" t nil)
21671 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21672 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21673 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21675 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21677 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21678 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21679 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21681 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21683 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21684 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21686 \(fn)" nil nil)
21688 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21689 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21691 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21692 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21694 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21695 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21697 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21699 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21701 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21703 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21704 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21706 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21707 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21709 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21710 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21712 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21714 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21716 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21718 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21719 foreground and background colors respectively.
21721 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21722 bold - use bold font.
21723 italic - use italic font.
21724 underline - put a line under text.
21725 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21726 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21727 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21728 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21729 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21731 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21733 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21735 ;;;***
21737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21738 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21739 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21741 ;;;***
21743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21574 16579
21744 ;;;;;; 173517 0))
21745 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21746 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21748 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21750 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21752 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21753 Run an inferior Python process.
21754 Input and output via buffer named after
21755 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21756 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21758 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21759 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21760 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21761 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21763 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21764 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21765 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21767 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21769 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21770 Major mode for editing Python files.
21772 \\{python-mode-map}
21774 \(fn)" t nil)
21776 ;;;***
21778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21779 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21781 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21782 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21783 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21784 coding-system.
21786 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21787 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21789 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21790 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21791 them into characters should be done separately.
21793 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21795 ;;;***
21797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21291 53104
21798 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21799 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21801 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21802 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21804 \(fn)" nil nil)
21806 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21807 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21808 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21810 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21811 `quail-activate', which see.
21813 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21815 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21816 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21817 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21818 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21819 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21820 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21821 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21823 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21824 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21825 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21826 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21827 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21828 shown.
21829 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21831 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21832 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21833 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21834 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21835 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21836 list of candidates.
21838 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21839 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21840 command to be called.
21842 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21843 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21844 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21845 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21847 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21848 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21849 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21850 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21851 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21852 to t.
21854 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21855 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21856 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21857 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21859 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21860 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21861 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21862 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21863 defines no translations for single character keys.
21865 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21866 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21867 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21868 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21869 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21870 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21872 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21873 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21874 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21875 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21876 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21877 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21879 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21880 covers Quail translation region.
21882 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21883 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21884 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21885 for it) is inserted.
21887 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21888 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21889 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21891 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21892 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21893 non-Quail commands.
21895 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21897 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21898 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21900 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21901 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21902 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21903 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21904 you type is correctly handled.
21906 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21908 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21909 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21911 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21912 keyboard type.
21914 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21916 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21917 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21918 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21919 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21920 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21921 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21922 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21923 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21924 for the translation.
21925 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21927 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21928 it is used to handle KEY.
21930 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21931 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21932 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21933 the following annotation types are supported.
21935 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21936 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21938 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21939 candidate list.
21941 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21942 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21943 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21944 inserted.
21946 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21947 generated for the following translations.
21949 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
21951 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
21952 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21954 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21955 which to install MAP.
21957 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21959 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21961 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
21962 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21964 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21965 which to install MAP.
21967 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21969 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21971 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
21972 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21973 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21974 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21975 a function, or a cons.
21976 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21977 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21978 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21979 for the translation.
21980 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21981 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21982 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21983 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21984 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21986 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21987 it is used to handle KEY.
21989 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21990 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21991 current Quail package.
21993 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21994 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21996 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21998 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
21999 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22001 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22002 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22004 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22006 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22007 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22009 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22011 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22012 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22013 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22014 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22015 of the Emacs source tree.
22017 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22018 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22020 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22021 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22022 of each directory.
22024 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22026 ;;;***
22028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21291
22029 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22030 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22032 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22033 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22034 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22035 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22037 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22039 ;;;***
22041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22042 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
22043 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22045 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22046 Activate UCS input method.
22047 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22049 While this input method is active, the variable
22050 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22052 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22054 ;;;***
22056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21291 53104 0
22057 ;;;;;; 0))
22058 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22060 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22061 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22062 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22063 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22065 To make use of this do something like:
22067 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22069 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22071 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22072 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22074 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22075 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22076 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22078 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22080 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22081 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22083 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22085 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22086 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22088 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22089 is decided.
22091 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22093 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22094 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22096 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22097 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22098 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22100 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22102 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22103 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22105 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22107 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22108 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22110 \(fn)" t nil)
22112 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22113 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22115 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22117 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22119 \(fn)" t nil)
22121 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22122 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22124 \(fn)" t nil)
22126 ;;;***
22128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22129 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22131 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22132 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22134 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22136 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22138 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22140 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22142 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22145 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22147 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22148 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22149 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22150 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22151 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22152 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22154 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22156 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22157 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22158 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22159 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22160 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22164 ;;;***
22166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21291
22167 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22168 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22170 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22172 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22173 Construct a regexp interactively.
22174 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22175 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22176 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22178 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22179 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22181 \(fn)" t nil)
22183 ;;;***
22185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22186 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22188 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22189 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22190 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22191 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22192 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22193 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22195 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22197 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22198 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22199 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22200 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22201 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22203 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22204 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22205 were operated on recently.
22207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22209 ;;;***
22211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22212 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22214 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22215 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22216 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22217 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22218 ends.
22220 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22221 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22222 to be deleted.
22224 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22226 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22227 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22228 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22230 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22231 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22232 deleted.
22234 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22236 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22237 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22238 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22240 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22242 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22243 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22245 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22246 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22248 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22249 deleted.
22251 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22252 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22253 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22254 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22255 even beep.)
22257 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22259 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22260 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22262 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22264 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22265 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22267 \(fn)" t nil)
22269 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22270 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22271 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22272 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22273 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22274 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22275 and point is at the lower right corner.
22277 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22279 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22280 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22282 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22283 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22285 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22286 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22287 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22289 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22291 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22293 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22294 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22295 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22296 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22297 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22299 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22300 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22302 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22304 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22305 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22306 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22308 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22310 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22312 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22314 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22315 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22317 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22318 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22319 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22321 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22323 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22324 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22325 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22327 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22328 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22329 rectangle which were empty.
22331 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22333 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22334 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22336 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22337 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22338 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22339 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22341 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22343 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22344 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22345 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22349 ;;;***
22351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21291 53104
22352 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22353 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22355 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22356 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22357 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22358 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22359 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22361 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22362 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22363 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22364 auto-filling.
22366 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22370 ;;;***
22372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21291 53104
22373 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22374 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22376 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22377 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22379 \(fn)" nil nil)
22381 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22382 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22384 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22385 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22387 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22388 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22389 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22390 \\ref macro.
22392 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22393 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22394 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22396 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22397 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22398 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22400 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22401 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22403 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22404 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22406 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22407 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22408 on the menu bar.
22410 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22414 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22415 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22416 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22418 \(fn)" nil nil)
22420 ;;;***
22422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21291
22423 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22424 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22426 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22427 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22428 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22429 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22430 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22431 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22433 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22435 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22437 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22438 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22439 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22440 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22441 `reftex-cite-format'.
22443 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22444 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22445 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22446 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22448 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22450 ;;;***
22452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22453 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
22454 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22456 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22457 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22458 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22459 the current TeX document.
22461 With no argument, this command toggles
22462 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22463 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22467 ;;;***
22469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22470 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
22471 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22473 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22474 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22475 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22477 To insert new phrases, use
22478 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22479 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22481 To index phrases use one of:
22483 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22484 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22485 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22486 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22487 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22489 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22490 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22492 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22494 Here are all local bindings.
22496 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22498 \(fn)" t nil)
22500 ;;;***
22502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22503 ;;;;;; (21346 62196 0 0))
22504 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22506 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22507 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22508 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22509 of master file.
22511 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22513 ;;;***
22515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21291
22516 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22517 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22518 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22519 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22520 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22521 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22523 ;;;***
22525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21291
22526 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22527 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22529 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22530 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22531 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22532 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22533 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22534 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22536 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22537 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22539 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22540 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22541 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22542 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22544 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22546 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22547 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22548 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22549 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22551 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22553 ;;;***
22555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21291 53104 0
22556 ;;;;;; 0))
22557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22558 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22560 ;;;***
22562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21291 53104
22563 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22564 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22565 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22567 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22568 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22569 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22570 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22572 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22574 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22576 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22577 Call `remember' in another frame.
22579 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22581 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22582 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22583 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22585 \(fn)" t nil)
22587 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22588 Extract diary entries from the region.
22590 \(fn)" nil nil)
22592 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22593 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22594 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22595 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22597 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22599 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22600 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22601 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22602 minor mode.
22604 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22606 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22607 Return the buffer.
22609 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22610 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22611 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22613 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22615 ;;;***
22617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22618 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22619 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22621 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22622 Repeat most recently executed command.
22623 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22624 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22625 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22627 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22628 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22629 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22630 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22632 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22633 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22634 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22636 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22638 ;;;***
22640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21291 53104
22641 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22642 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22644 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22645 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22647 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22648 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22649 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22650 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22651 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22652 and point is left after the salutation.
22654 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22655 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22656 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22657 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22658 left after that text.
22660 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22661 is non-nil.
22663 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22664 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22665 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22666 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22668 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22670 ;;;***
22672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21291 53104 0
22673 ;;;;;; 0))
22674 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22676 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22677 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22678 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22679 visibility of comments that precede it.
22680 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22681 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22682 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22683 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22684 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22685 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22686 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22687 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22688 the comment lines.
22689 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22690 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22691 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22692 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22693 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22697 ;;;***
22699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22700 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22702 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22703 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22704 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22705 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22706 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22708 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22709 reveals invisible text around point.
22711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22713 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22714 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22715 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22718 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22720 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22722 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22723 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22724 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22727 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22728 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22732 ;;;***
22734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21291 53104 0
22735 ;;;;;; 0))
22736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22738 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22739 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22741 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22743 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22744 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22746 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22748 ;;;***
22750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22751 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22753 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22754 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22755 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22756 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22758 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22760 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22761 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22762 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22763 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22765 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22766 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22768 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22769 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22771 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22772 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22773 INPUT-ARGS.
22775 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22776 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22777 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22778 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22779 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22781 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22782 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22783 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22784 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22786 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22787 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22788 variable.
22790 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22792 ;;;***
22794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21349 10841 0 0))
22795 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22797 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22798 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22800 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22802 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22804 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22805 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22806 Its name should end with a slash.")
22808 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22809 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22811 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22812 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22813 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22815 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22817 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22818 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22819 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22820 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22821 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22822 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22823 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22825 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22826 sent by you under different user names.
22827 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22829 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22831 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22833 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22835 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22836 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22837 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22838 explicitly.")
22840 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22842 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22843 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22844 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22845 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22846 which normally happens once for each message,
22847 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22848 To make a change in this variable take effect
22849 for a message that you have already viewed,
22850 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22852 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22854 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22855 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22856 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22857 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22859 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22861 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22862 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22864 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22866 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22867 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22868 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22870 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22872 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22873 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22874 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22875 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22876 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22877 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22879 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22881 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22882 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22884 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22886 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22887 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22889 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22891 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22892 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22894 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22895 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22897 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22899 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22900 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22902 This is set to nil by default.")
22904 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22905 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22906 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22907 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22908 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22909 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22910 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22912 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22913 Read and edit incoming mail.
22914 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22915 file in RMAIL Mode.
22916 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22918 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22919 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22920 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22921 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22923 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22925 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22927 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22928 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22929 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22930 Instead, these commands are available:
22932 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22933 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22934 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22935 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22936 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22937 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22938 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22939 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22940 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22941 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22942 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22943 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22944 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22945 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22946 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22947 till a deleted message is found.
22948 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22949 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22950 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22951 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22952 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22953 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22954 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22955 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22956 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22957 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22958 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22959 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
22960 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
22961 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22962 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22963 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22964 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22965 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22966 (label defaults to last one specified).
22967 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22968 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22969 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22970 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22971 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22972 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22973 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22974 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22975 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22977 \(fn)" t nil)
22979 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
22980 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22982 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22984 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
22985 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22987 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22989 ;;;***
22991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21291 53104
22992 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22993 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22994 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
22996 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
22997 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
22998 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
22999 case it writes Babyl.
23001 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23002 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23003 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23004 `rmail-default-file'.
23006 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23007 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23008 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23010 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23011 the header display is currently pruned.
23013 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23014 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23015 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23016 messages after output.
23018 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23019 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23020 message (if writing a file directly).
23022 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23023 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23025 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23027 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23028 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23029 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23030 i) the header is output as currently seen
23031 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23032 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23034 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23035 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23036 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23038 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23040 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23041 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23042 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23043 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23044 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23045 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23046 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23048 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23049 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23050 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23052 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23054 ;;;***
23056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 19378
23057 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23058 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23060 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23061 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23062 Return a pattern.
23064 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23066 ;;;***
23068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21291 57968
23069 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23070 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23072 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23073 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23074 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23075 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23077 \(fn)" t nil)
23079 ;;;***
23081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21291 57968
23082 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23083 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23085 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23086 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23088 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23089 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23090 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23091 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23092 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23093 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23094 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23095 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23096 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23097 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23099 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23100 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23101 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23102 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23103 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23104 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23105 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23106 to use for finding the schema.
23108 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23110 ;;;***
23112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21291 57968 0
23113 ;;;;;; 0))
23114 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23116 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23118 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23119 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23120 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23121 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23122 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23123 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23124 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23125 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23126 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23127 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23128 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23129 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23130 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23131 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23132 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23133 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23134 must be equal.
23136 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23138 ;;;***
23140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20627 28607
23141 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23142 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23144 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23145 Define a robin package.
23147 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23148 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23149 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23150 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23152 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23153 one replaces the old one.
23155 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23157 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23158 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23160 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23161 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23162 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23164 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23166 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23167 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23169 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23171 ;;;***
23173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23174 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23176 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23177 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23179 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23181 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23182 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23184 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23186 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23187 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23189 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23191 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23192 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23193 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23195 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23196 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23197 in ROT13.
23199 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23201 \(fn)" t nil)
23203 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23204 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23206 \(fn)" t nil)
23208 ;;;***
23210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21343 47921 0 0))
23211 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23212 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23214 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23215 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23216 \\<rst-mode-map>
23218 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23219 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23220 highlighting.
23222 \\{rst-mode-map}
23224 \(fn)" t nil)
23226 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23227 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23229 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23230 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23232 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23233 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23234 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23238 ;;;***
23240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21433
23241 ;;;;;; 12343 302925 0))
23242 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23243 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23245 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23246 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23248 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23250 \(fn)" t nil)
23252 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23254 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23256 ;;;***
23258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21419 27241 500420
23259 ;;;;;; 0))
23260 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23261 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23263 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23264 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23265 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23267 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23268 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23269 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23270 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23271 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23275 ;;;***
23277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23280 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23281 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23282 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23283 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23285 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23287 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23288 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23289 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23291 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23292 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23293 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23295 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23296 notation.
23298 STRING
23299 matches string STRING literally.
23301 CHAR
23302 matches character CHAR literally.
23304 `not-newline', `nonl'
23305 matches any character except a newline.
23307 `anything'
23308 matches any character
23310 `(any SET ...)'
23311 `(in SET ...)'
23312 `(char SET ...)'
23313 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23314 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23315 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23317 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23318 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23319 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23320 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23322 `(not (any SET ...))'
23323 matches any character not in SET ...
23325 `line-start', `bol'
23326 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23327 in the text being matched
23329 `line-end', `eol'
23330 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23332 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23333 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23334 string being matched against.
23336 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23337 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23338 string being matched against.
23340 `buffer-start'
23341 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23342 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23344 `buffer-end'
23345 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23346 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23348 `point'
23349 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23351 `word-start', `bow'
23352 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23354 `word-end', `eow'
23355 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23357 `word-boundary'
23358 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23359 word.
23361 `(not word-boundary)'
23362 `not-word-boundary'
23363 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23364 word.
23366 `symbol-start'
23367 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23369 `symbol-end'
23370 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23372 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23373 matches 0 through 9.
23375 `control', `cntrl'
23376 matches ASCII control characters.
23378 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23379 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23381 `blank'
23382 matches space and tab only.
23384 `graphic', `graph'
23385 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23386 space, and DEL.
23388 `printing', `print'
23389 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23390 and DEL.
23392 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23393 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23394 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23396 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23397 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23398 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23400 `ascii'
23401 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23403 `nonascii'
23404 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23406 `lower', `lower-case'
23407 matches anything lower-case.
23409 `upper', `upper-case'
23410 matches anything upper-case.
23412 `punctuation', `punct'
23413 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23414 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23416 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23417 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23419 `word', `wordchar'
23420 matches anything that has word syntax.
23422 `not-wordchar'
23423 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23425 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23426 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23427 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23428 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23430 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23431 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23432 `word' (\\sw)
23433 `symbol' (\\s_)
23434 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23435 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23436 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23437 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23438 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23439 `escape' (\\s\\)
23440 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23441 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23442 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23443 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23444 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23446 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23447 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23449 `(category CATEGORY)'
23450 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23451 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23453 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23454 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23455 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23456 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23457 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23458 `symbol' (\\c5)
23459 `digit' (\\c6)
23460 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23461 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23462 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23463 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23464 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23465 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23466 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23467 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23468 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23469 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23470 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23471 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23472 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23473 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23474 `ascii' (\\ca)
23475 `arabic' (\\cb)
23476 `chinese' (\\cc)
23477 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23478 `greek' (\\cg)
23479 `korean' (\\ch)
23480 `indian' (\\ci)
23481 `japanese' (\\cj)
23482 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23483 `latin' (\\cl)
23484 `lao' (\\co)
23485 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23486 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23487 `thai' (\\ct)
23488 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23489 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23490 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23491 `can-break' (\\c|)
23493 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23494 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23496 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23497 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23498 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23499 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23500 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23502 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23503 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23504 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23505 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23507 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23508 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23509 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23510 group number N.
23512 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23513 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23514 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23515 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23516 regular expression.
23518 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23519 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23520 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23521 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23522 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23524 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23525 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23527 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23528 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23530 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23531 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23532 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23534 `(* SEXP ...)'
23535 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23536 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23538 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23539 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23540 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23542 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23543 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23544 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23546 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23547 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23549 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23550 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23552 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23553 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23554 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23555 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23557 `(? SEXP ...)'
23558 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23560 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23561 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23563 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23564 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23565 matches N occurrences.
23567 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23568 matches N or more occurrences.
23570 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23571 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23572 matches N to M occurrences.
23574 `(backref N)'
23575 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23577 `(eval FORM)'
23578 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23579 `regexp-quote' it.
23581 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23582 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23584 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23586 ;;;***
23588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21291 53104
23589 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23590 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23591 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23593 ;;;***
23595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23596 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23597 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23599 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23600 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23601 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23602 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23603 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23604 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23606 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23608 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23609 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23610 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23611 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23612 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23614 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23615 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23616 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23617 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23619 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23620 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23621 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23625 ;;;***
23627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21372 35662
23628 ;;;;;; 356409 0))
23629 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23631 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23632 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23633 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23635 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23636 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23637 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23638 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23639 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23640 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23641 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23642 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23644 Commands:
23645 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23646 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23647 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23649 \(fn)" t nil)
23651 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23652 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23653 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23655 Commands:
23656 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23657 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23658 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23659 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23660 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23661 that variable's value is a string.
23663 \(fn)" t nil)
23665 ;;;***
23667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21291 53104
23668 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23669 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23671 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23672 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23673 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23675 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23677 \(fn)" t nil)
23679 ;;;***
23681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21291 53104 0
23682 ;;;;;; 0))
23683 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23685 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23686 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23687 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23688 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23689 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23690 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23692 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23694 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23695 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23696 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23697 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23698 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23700 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23701 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23705 ;;;***
23707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21291 53104
23708 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23709 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23711 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23712 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23713 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23714 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23715 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23716 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23717 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23718 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23722 ;;;***
23724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23725 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23726 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23727 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23729 ;;;***
23731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21291 53104
23732 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23733 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23734 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23736 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23737 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23738 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23740 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23741 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23742 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23743 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23744 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23745 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23746 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23747 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23748 keybinding for tag names.
23749 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23750 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23751 of the symbol under point.
23752 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23753 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23754 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23755 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23756 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23757 syntax tokens.
23758 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23760 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23762 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23763 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23764 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23766 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23767 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23769 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23771 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23772 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23773 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23774 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23775 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23777 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23778 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23779 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23780 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23781 Semantic mode.
23783 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23787 ;;;***
23789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23790 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
23791 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23793 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23794 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23796 \(fn)" t nil)
23798 ;;;***
23800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23801 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
23802 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23804 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23805 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23807 \(fn)" t nil)
23809 ;;;***
23811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21291 53104
23812 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23813 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23815 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23816 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23818 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23819 king@grassland.com
23820 If `parens', they look like:
23821 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23822 If `angles', they look like:
23823 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23825 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23826 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23828 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23830 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23831 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23832 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23833 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23835 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23836 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23837 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23838 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23840 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23842 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23843 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23844 This is done when the message is initialized,
23845 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23847 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23849 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23850 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23851 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23853 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23855 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23856 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23857 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23858 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23859 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23860 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23861 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23863 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23865 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23866 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23868 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23870 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23871 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23872 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23873 be a Babyl file.")
23875 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23877 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23878 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23879 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23880 when you first send mail.")
23882 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23884 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23885 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23886 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23887 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23888 This file need not actually exist.")
23890 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23892 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23893 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23895 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23897 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23898 Alist of mail address aliases,
23899 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23900 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23901 can specify a different file name.)
23902 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23903 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23905 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23906 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23907 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23909 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23911 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23912 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23913 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23915 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23917 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23918 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23919 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23920 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23921 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23922 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23923 in the cited portion of the message.
23925 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23926 instead of no action.")
23928 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23930 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
23931 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23932 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23933 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23934 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23936 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23938 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23939 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23940 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23941 If a string, that string is inserted.
23942 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23943 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23944 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23945 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23947 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23949 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23950 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23952 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23954 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23955 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
23956 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
23958 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
23959 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
23961 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23963 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23964 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23965 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23966 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23968 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23970 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
23971 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
23972 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
23974 \(fn)" nil nil)
23976 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
23978 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
23981 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
23983 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
23984 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23985 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23987 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23988 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23990 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23991 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23992 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23993 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23994 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23995 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23996 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23997 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23998 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23999 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24000 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24001 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24002 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24003 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24005 \(fn)" t nil)
24007 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24008 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24009 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24010 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24012 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24014 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24015 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24016 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24017 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24018 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24019 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24021 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24022 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24023 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24025 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24026 User should not set this variable manually,
24027 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24028 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24029 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24031 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24032 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24033 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24034 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24036 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24037 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24039 \\<mail-mode-map>
24040 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24042 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24043 to move to message header fields:
24044 \\{mail-mode-map}
24046 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24047 when the message is initialized.
24049 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24050 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24052 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24053 is inserted.
24055 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24056 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24058 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24059 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24060 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24061 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24062 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24063 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24064 buffer without erasing the contents.
24066 The second through fifth arguments,
24067 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24068 the initial contents of those header fields.
24069 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24070 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24071 original message being replied to, or else an action
24072 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24073 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24074 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24075 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24076 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24077 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24079 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24081 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24082 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24084 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24086 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24087 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24089 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24091 ;;;***
24093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24094 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24096 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24098 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24100 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24102 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24103 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24104 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24105 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24106 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24107 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24109 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24110 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24112 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24113 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24114 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24116 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24117 \\[server-start].
24119 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24121 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24122 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24123 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24124 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24126 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24128 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24129 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24130 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24131 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24132 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24133 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24135 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24137 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24138 Toggle Server mode.
24139 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24140 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24141 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24143 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24144 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24145 `server-start' for details.
24147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24149 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24150 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24151 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24153 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24154 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24156 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24158 ;;;***
24160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24161 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24163 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24164 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24166 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24167 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24168 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24169 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24170 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24172 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24173 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24174 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24175 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24176 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24177 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24179 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24180 displayed.
24182 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24183 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24184 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24186 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24187 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24189 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24190 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24192 \\{ses-mode-map}
24193 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24194 part):
24195 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24196 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24197 formula:
24198 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24200 \(fn)" t nil)
24202 ;;;***
24204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21291
24205 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
24206 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24208 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24209 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24210 Makes > match <.
24211 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24212 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24214 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24215 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24216 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24218 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24219 in your init file.
24221 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24223 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24224 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24225 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24227 \(fn)" t nil)
24229 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24230 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24231 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24232 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24233 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24234 which this is based.
24236 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24238 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24239 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24240 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24241 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24243 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24244 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24245 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24247 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24248 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24249 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24250 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24252 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24253 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24254 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24255 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24257 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24259 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24260 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24261 To work around that, do:
24262 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24264 \\{html-mode-map}
24266 \(fn)" t nil)
24268 ;;;***
24270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21437
24271 ;;;;;; 9401 747944 0))
24272 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24273 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24274 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24276 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24277 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24278 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24279 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24280 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24281 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24283 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24284 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24285 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24286 shell-specific features.
24288 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24289 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24290 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24291 \\<sh-mode-map>
24292 \\[sh-case] case statement
24293 \\[sh-for] for loop
24294 \\[sh-function] function definition
24295 \\[sh-if] if statement
24296 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24297 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24298 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24299 \\[sh-select] select loop
24300 \\[sh-until] until loop
24301 \\[sh-while] while loop
24303 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24304 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24305 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24306 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24307 would indent to the way it currently is.
24308 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24309 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24312 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24313 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24314 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24315 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24316 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24317 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24319 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24320 unquoted < insert a here document.
24322 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24323 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24324 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24326 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24327 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24329 \(fn)" t nil)
24331 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24333 ;;;***
24335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21291 53104
24336 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24337 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24339 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24340 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24342 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24343 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24344 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24346 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24347 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24348 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24349 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24350 the earlier.
24352 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24354 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24356 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24357 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24358 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24360 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24361 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24363 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24364 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24365 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24366 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24367 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24368 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24369 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24370 Emacs version).
24372 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24373 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24374 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24375 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24376 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24378 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24379 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24381 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24383 ;;;***
24385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21291 53104 0
24386 ;;;;;; 0))
24387 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24389 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24390 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24391 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24392 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24393 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24394 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24395 sites in the cluster.
24397 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24399 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24400 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24401 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24402 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24403 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24405 \(fn)" t nil)
24407 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24408 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24409 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24410 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24411 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24412 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24413 `shadow-define-cluster').
24415 \(fn)" t nil)
24417 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24418 Set up file shadowing.
24420 \(fn)" t nil)
24422 ;;;***
24424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21313 65162 0 0))
24425 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24427 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24428 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24429 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24430 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24431 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24432 arguments.")
24434 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24436 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24437 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24438 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24439 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24440 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24442 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24443 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24444 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24445 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24446 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24447 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24448 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24449 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24450 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24451 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24452 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24454 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24455 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24456 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24457 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24458 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24459 `default-process-coding-system'.
24461 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24462 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24463 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24464 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24466 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24468 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24470 ;;;***
24472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21501 48695 777628 0))
24473 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24475 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24476 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24478 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24480 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24481 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24482 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24483 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24485 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24487 ;;;***
24489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24492 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24495 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24497 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24500 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24502 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24505 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24507 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24510 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24512 ;;;***
24514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21291 53104
24515 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24516 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24518 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24519 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24520 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24521 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24522 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24524 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24526 \(fn)" t nil)
24528 ;;;***
24530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21291 53104
24531 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24534 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24535 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24536 \\{simula-mode-map}
24537 Variables controlling indentation style:
24538 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24539 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24540 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24541 `simula-indent-level'
24542 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24543 `simula-substatement-offset'
24544 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24545 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24546 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24547 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24548 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24549 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24550 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24551 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24552 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24553 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24554 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24555 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24556 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24557 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24558 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24559 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24560 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24561 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24562 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24563 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24564 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24565 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24566 or nil if they should not be changed.
24567 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24568 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24569 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24570 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24572 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24573 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24575 \(fn)" t nil)
24577 ;;;***
24579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21574 16579 173517
24580 ;;;;;; 0))
24581 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24583 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24584 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24586 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24587 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24588 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24589 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24591 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24593 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24595 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24596 Insert SKELETON.
24597 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24598 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24599 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24600 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24601 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24603 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24604 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24606 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24608 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24609 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24611 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24612 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24613 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24614 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24616 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24617 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24618 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24619 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24621 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24622 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24623 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24625 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24626 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24628 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24629 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24631 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24632 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24633 is at bol/eol
24634 _ interesting point, interregion here
24635 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24636 interesting point set by _
24637 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24638 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24639 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24640 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24641 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24642 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24643 nil skipped
24645 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24646 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24648 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24649 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24650 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24651 as the first element when at bol.
24653 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24654 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24655 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24656 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24657 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24658 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24659 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24660 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24662 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24663 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24664 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24665 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24666 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24667 available:
24669 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24670 then: insert previously read string once more
24671 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24672 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24673 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24675 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24676 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24678 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24680 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24681 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24683 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24684 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24685 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24686 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24687 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24688 such as backslash.
24690 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24691 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24692 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24694 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24696 ;;;***
24698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21574 16579
24699 ;;;;;; 173517 0))
24700 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24702 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24703 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24704 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24705 buffer names.
24707 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24709 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24710 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24711 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24712 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24713 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24714 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24718 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24719 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24720 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24722 \(fn)" t nil)
24724 ;;;***
24726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24729 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24730 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24731 A list of images is returned.
24733 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24735 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24736 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24737 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24739 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24741 ;;;***
24743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21291 53104
24744 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24745 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24747 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24750 \(fn)" nil nil)
24752 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24753 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24755 \(fn)" t nil)
24757 ;;;***
24759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24760 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24762 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24763 Play the Snake game.
24764 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24766 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24768 Snake mode keybindings:
24769 \\<snake-mode-map>
24770 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24771 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24772 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24773 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24774 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24775 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24776 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24778 \(fn)" t nil)
24780 ;;;***
24782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21291 53104
24783 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24784 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24786 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24787 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24788 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24789 Tab indents for C code.
24790 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24791 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24792 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24793 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24794 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24796 \(fn)" t nil)
24798 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24799 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24800 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24801 Tab indents for C code.
24802 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24803 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24804 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24805 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24806 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24808 \(fn)" t nil)
24810 ;;;***
24812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21291 53104 0
24813 ;;;;;; 0))
24814 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24816 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24817 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24818 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24819 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24820 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24822 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24826 ;;;***
24828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21291 53104
24829 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24832 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24833 Play Solitaire.
24835 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24836 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24837 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24838 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24839 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24840 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24841 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24842 check after each move or undo.)
24844 What is Solitaire?
24846 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24847 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24848 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24850 Le Solitaire
24851 ============
24853 o o o
24855 o o o
24857 o o o o o o o
24859 o o o . o o o
24861 o o o o o o o
24863 o o o
24865 o o o
24867 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24868 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24869 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24870 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24872 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24873 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24874 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24875 this: o o .
24877 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24878 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24880 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24882 o o o
24884 . o o
24886 o o . o o o o
24888 o . o o o o o
24890 o o o o o o o
24892 o o o
24894 o o o
24896 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24898 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24900 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24902 ;;;***
24904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24905 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24906 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24908 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24909 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24911 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24912 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24913 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24914 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24915 contiguous.
24917 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24918 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24919 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24920 the sort order.
24922 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24923 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24925 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24926 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24927 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24928 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24929 is called.
24931 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24932 It should move point to the end of the record.
24934 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24935 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24936 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24937 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24938 starts at the beginning of the record.
24940 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24941 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24942 same as ENDRECFUN.
24944 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
24945 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
24946 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
24947 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
24948 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
24949 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
24950 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
24952 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24954 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24955 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24956 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24957 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24958 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24959 the sort order.
24961 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24963 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24964 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24965 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24966 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24967 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24968 the sort order.
24970 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24972 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24973 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24974 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24975 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24976 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24977 the sort order.
24979 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24980 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24982 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24983 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24984 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24985 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24986 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24987 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24988 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24989 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24990 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24992 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24994 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24995 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24996 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24997 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24998 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24999 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25000 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25001 the sort order.
25003 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25005 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25006 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25007 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25008 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25010 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25011 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25013 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25014 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25015 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25016 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25017 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25018 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25019 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25020 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25022 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25024 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25025 the sort order.
25027 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25028 starting with the letter \"f\",
25029 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25031 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25033 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25034 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25035 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25036 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25037 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25038 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25039 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25040 the sort order.
25042 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25043 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25044 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25045 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25046 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25048 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25050 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25051 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25052 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25054 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25056 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25057 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25058 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25059 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25060 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25061 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25062 each repeated line.
25064 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25065 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25066 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25067 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25069 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25070 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25072 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25073 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25075 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25077 ;;;***
25079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25080 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25082 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25083 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25084 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25085 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25086 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25087 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25089 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25091 ;;;***
25093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21291
25094 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
25095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25097 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25098 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25100 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25101 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25102 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25104 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25106 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25107 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25108 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25109 server.
25111 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25113 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25114 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25115 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25117 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25119 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25120 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25121 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25122 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25123 Agent is plugged.
25125 \(fn)" t nil)
25127 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25128 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25129 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25130 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25132 \(fn)" t nil)
25134 ;;;***
25136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21483 18756 674635
25137 ;;;;;; 0))
25138 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25140 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25142 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25143 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25144 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25145 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25146 supported at a time.
25147 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25148 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25152 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25153 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25154 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25155 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25157 \(fn)" t nil)
25159 ;;;***
25161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25162 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25164 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25165 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25167 \(fn)" t nil)
25169 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25170 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25172 \(fn)" nil nil)
25174 ;;;***
25176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25177 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25178 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25180 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25181 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25183 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25184 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25185 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25186 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25187 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25188 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25189 of the current highlighting list.
25191 For example:
25193 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25194 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25196 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25197 `_t' as data types.
25199 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25201 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25202 Major mode to edit SQL.
25204 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25205 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25206 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25208 \\{sql-mode-map}
25209 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25211 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25212 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25213 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25214 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25215 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25216 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25218 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25219 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25221 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25222 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25223 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25225 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25226 (lambda ()
25227 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25229 \(fn)" t nil)
25231 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25232 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25234 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25235 their settings.
25237 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25238 is specified in the connection settings.
25240 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25242 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25243 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25245 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25246 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25248 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25249 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25250 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25251 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25253 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25255 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25257 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25258 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25260 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25261 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25262 `*SQL*'.
25264 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25265 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25266 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25267 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25269 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25270 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25272 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25273 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25274 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25275 buffer.
25277 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25278 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25279 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25280 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25281 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25282 `default-process-coding-system'.
25284 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25286 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25288 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25289 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25291 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25292 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25293 `*SQL*'.
25295 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25296 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25297 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25298 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25300 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25301 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25303 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25304 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25305 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25306 buffer.
25308 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25309 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25310 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25311 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25312 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25313 `default-process-coding-system'.
25315 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25317 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25319 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25320 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25322 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25323 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25324 `*SQL*'.
25326 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25327 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25329 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25330 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25332 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25333 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25334 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25335 buffer.
25337 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25338 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25339 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25340 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25341 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25342 `default-process-coding-system'.
25344 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25346 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25348 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25349 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25351 SQLite is free software.
25353 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25354 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25355 `*SQL*'.
25357 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25358 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25359 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25360 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25362 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25363 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25365 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25366 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25367 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25368 buffer.
25370 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25371 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25372 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25373 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25374 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25375 `default-process-coding-system'.
25377 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25379 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25381 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25382 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25384 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25386 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25387 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25388 `*SQL*'.
25390 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25391 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25392 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25393 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25395 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25396 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25398 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25399 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25400 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25401 buffer.
25403 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25404 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25405 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25406 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25407 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25408 `default-process-coding-system'.
25410 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25412 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25414 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25415 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25417 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25418 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25419 `*SQL*'.
25421 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25422 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25423 defaults, if set.
25425 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25426 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25428 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25429 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25430 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25431 buffer.
25433 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25434 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25435 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25436 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25437 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25438 `default-process-coding-system'.
25440 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25442 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25444 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25445 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25447 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25448 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25449 `*SQL*'.
25451 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25452 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25454 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25455 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25457 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25458 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25459 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25460 buffer.
25462 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25463 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25464 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25465 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25466 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25467 `default-process-coding-system'.
25469 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25471 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25473 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25474 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25476 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25477 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25478 `*SQL*'.
25480 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25481 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25482 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25483 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25485 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25486 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25488 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25489 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25490 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25491 buffer.
25493 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25494 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25495 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25496 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25497 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25498 `default-process-coding-system'.
25500 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25502 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25504 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25505 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25507 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25508 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25509 `*SQL*'.
25511 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25512 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25513 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25514 `sql-postgres-options'.
25516 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25517 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25519 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25520 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25521 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25522 buffer.
25524 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25525 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25526 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25527 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25528 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25529 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25530 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25531 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25533 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25534 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25536 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25538 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25540 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25541 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25543 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25544 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25545 `*SQL*'.
25547 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25548 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25549 defaults, if set.
25551 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25552 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25554 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25555 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25556 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25557 buffer.
25559 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25560 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25561 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25562 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25563 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25564 `default-process-coding-system'.
25566 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25568 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25570 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25571 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25573 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25574 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25575 `*SQL*'.
25577 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25578 automatic login.
25580 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25581 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25583 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25584 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25585 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25586 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25588 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25589 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25590 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25591 buffer.
25593 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25594 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25595 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25596 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25597 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25598 `default-process-coding-system'.
25600 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25602 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25604 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25605 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25607 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25608 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25609 `*SQL*'.
25611 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25612 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25613 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25614 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25615 parameters.
25617 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25618 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25619 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25620 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25621 an empty password.
25623 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25624 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25626 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25627 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25628 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25629 buffer.
25631 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25633 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25635 ;;;***
25637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21291 53104 0
25638 ;;;;;; 0))
25639 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25640 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25642 ;;;***
25644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25645 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
25646 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25648 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25649 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25651 \(fn)" t nil)
25653 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25655 ;;;***
25657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21291 53104
25658 ;;;;;; 0 0))
25659 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25661 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25662 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25663 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25664 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25665 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25666 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25667 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25668 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25669 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25670 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25671 with any buffer
25672 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25673 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25674 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25675 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25677 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25679 ;;;***
25681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25682 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25684 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25685 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25686 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25687 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25688 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25689 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25691 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25693 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25695 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25696 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25697 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25698 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25699 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25700 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25701 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25703 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25705 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25706 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25707 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25708 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25709 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25710 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25711 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25713 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25715 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25716 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25717 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25719 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25721 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25722 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25723 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25725 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25727 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25728 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25730 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25732 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25733 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25735 \(fn)" t nil)
25737 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25738 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25740 \(fn)" t nil)
25742 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25743 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25744 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25745 by command name.
25746 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25748 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25750 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25751 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25752 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25753 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25754 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25755 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25757 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25759 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25760 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25761 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25762 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25763 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25765 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25766 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25767 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25768 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25769 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25771 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25772 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25773 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25774 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25776 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25780 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25781 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25782 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25783 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25785 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25787 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25788 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25790 \(fn)" t nil)
25792 ;;;***
25794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25795 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25797 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25798 Studlify-case the region.
25800 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25802 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25803 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25805 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25807 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25808 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25810 \(fn)" t nil)
25812 ;;;***
25814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21291 53104
25815 ;;;;;; 0 0))
25816 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25818 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25819 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25820 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25821 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25822 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25824 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25825 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25826 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25827 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25829 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25830 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25831 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25833 Nomenclature Subwords
25834 ===========================================================
25835 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25836 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25837 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25839 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25840 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25841 as words.
25843 \\{subword-mode-map}
25845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25847 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25848 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25849 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25850 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25851 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25852 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25854 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25856 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25857 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25858 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25859 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25860 ARG is omitted or nil.
25862 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25863 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25864 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25868 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25869 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25870 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25871 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25872 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25874 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25875 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25876 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25878 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25879 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25880 edit them as words.
25882 \\{superword-mode-map}
25884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25886 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25887 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25888 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25889 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25890 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25891 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25893 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25895 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25896 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25897 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25898 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25899 ARG is omitted or nil.
25901 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25902 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25903 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25907 ;;;***
25909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21291 53104
25910 ;;;;;; 0 0))
25911 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25913 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25914 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25915 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25916 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25917 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25918 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25919 original message but it does require a few things:
25921 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25923 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25924 reply buffer.
25926 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25927 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25928 original message.
25930 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25932 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25934 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25935 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25936 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25938 \(fn)" nil nil)
25940 ;;;***
25942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25943 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25945 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25947 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25948 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25949 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25951 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25952 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25954 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25956 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25957 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
25958 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
25959 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25960 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25962 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25963 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25964 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25968 ;;;***
25970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25971 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25973 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25974 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25975 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
25976 buffer.
25978 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25979 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25980 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25982 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25984 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25985 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25986 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25987 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25988 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
25989 buffer.
25991 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25992 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25993 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25995 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25997 ;;;***
25999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21291 53104 0
26000 ;;;;;; 0))
26001 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26003 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26004 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26005 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26007 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26009 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26010 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26012 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26014 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26015 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26017 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26019 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26020 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26022 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26024 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26025 Insert an editable text table.
26026 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26027 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26028 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26029 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26030 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26031 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26032 delimiting them.
26034 Examples:
26036 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26038 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26039 location of point.
26043 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26044 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26045 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26046 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26047 first cell.
26049 +-----+-----+-----+
26050 |-!- | | |
26051 +-----+-----+-----+
26053 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26055 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26056 width, which results as
26058 +--------------+-----+-----+
26059 |-!- | | |
26060 +--------------+-----+-----+
26062 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26063 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26065 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26066 | | |-!- |
26067 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26069 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26070 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26071 width information to `table-insert'.
26073 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26075 instead of
26077 Cell width(s): 5
26079 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26080 work all together.
26082 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26083 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26085 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26086 |-!- | | |
26087 | | | |
26088 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26090 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26092 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26093 |-!- | | |
26094 | | | |
26095 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26096 | | | |
26097 | | | |
26098 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26100 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26102 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26103 | | | |
26104 | | | |
26105 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26106 | | | |
26107 | | | |
26108 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26111 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26112 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26113 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26115 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26116 | | | |
26117 | | | |
26118 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26119 | | | |
26120 | | | |
26121 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26122 |-!- | | |
26123 | | | |
26124 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26126 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26127 results.
26129 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26130 | | | |
26131 | | | |
26132 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26133 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26134 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26135 | | |expected results.-!- |
26136 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26137 | | | |
26138 | | | |
26139 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26141 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26143 \\{table-cell-map}
26145 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26147 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26148 Insert N table row(s).
26149 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26150 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26151 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26152 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26154 \(fn N)" t nil)
26156 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26157 Insert N table column(s).
26158 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26159 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26160 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26161 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26163 \(fn N)" t nil)
26165 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26166 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26167 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26169 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26171 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26172 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26173 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26174 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26175 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26176 all the table specific features.
26178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26180 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26183 \(fn)" t nil)
26185 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26186 Recognize all tables within region.
26187 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26188 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26189 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26190 specific features.
26192 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26194 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26197 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26199 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26200 Recognize a table at point.
26201 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26202 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26203 the table specific features.
26205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26207 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26210 \(fn)" t nil)
26212 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26213 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26214 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26215 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26216 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26217 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26218 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26220 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26222 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26225 \(fn)" t nil)
26227 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26228 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26229 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26230 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26231 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26232 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26233 specified.
26235 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26237 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26238 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26239 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26240 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26241 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26242 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26243 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26244 table structure.
26246 \(fn N)" t nil)
26248 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26249 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26250 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26251 table's rectangle structure.
26253 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26255 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26256 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26257 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26258 table's rectangle structure.
26260 \(fn N)" t nil)
26262 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26263 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26264 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26265 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26266 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26268 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26270 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26271 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26272 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26274 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26275 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26276 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26277 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26278 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26279 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26280 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26282 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26283 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26284 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26285 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26286 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26287 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26288 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26290 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26291 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26292 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26293 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26294 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26295 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26296 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26297 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26299 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26301 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26302 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26303 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26304 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26308 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26309 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26310 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26312 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26314 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26315 Split current cell vertically.
26316 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26318 \(fn)" t nil)
26320 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26321 Split current cell horizontally.
26322 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26324 \(fn)" t nil)
26326 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26327 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26328 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26330 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26332 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26333 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26334 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26335 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26337 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26339 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26340 Justify cell contents.
26341 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26342 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26343 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26344 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26346 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26348 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26349 Justify cells of a row.
26350 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26351 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26353 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26355 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26356 Justify cells of a column.
26357 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26358 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26360 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26362 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26363 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26364 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26365 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26366 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26367 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26368 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26369 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26370 run-time.
26372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26374 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26375 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26376 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26377 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26378 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26379 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26380 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26381 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26382 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26383 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26384 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26386 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26388 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26389 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26390 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26391 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26392 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26393 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26394 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26395 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26396 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26397 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26398 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26399 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26400 untouched.
26402 References used for this implementation:
26404 HTML:
26405 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26407 LaTeX:
26408 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26410 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26411 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26412 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26414 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26416 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26417 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26418 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26419 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26420 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26421 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26422 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26423 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26424 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26425 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26426 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26427 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26428 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26429 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26430 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26431 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26432 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26434 Example:
26436 (progn
26437 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26438 (table-forward-cell 15)
26439 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26440 (table-forward-cell 16)
26441 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26442 (table-forward-cell 1)
26443 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26445 (progn
26446 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26447 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26448 (table-forward-cell 1)
26449 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26451 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26453 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26454 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26455 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26456 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26457 consists from cells of same height.
26459 \(fn N)" t nil)
26461 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26462 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26463 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26464 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26465 column must consists from cells of same width.
26467 \(fn N)" t nil)
26469 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26470 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26471 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26472 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26473 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26474 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26475 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26476 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26477 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26478 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26479 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26480 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26481 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26482 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26483 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26486 Example 1:
26488 1, 2, 3, 4
26489 5, 6, 7, 8
26490 , 9, 10
26492 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26493 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26494 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26495 specified as 5.
26497 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26498 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26499 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26500 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26501 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26502 | | 9 | 10 | |
26503 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26505 Note:
26507 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26508 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26509 of each row is optional.
26512 Example 2:
26514 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26515 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26516 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26517 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26518 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26520 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26521 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26523 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26524 expression and raw delimiter regular
26525 expression, it parses the specified text
26526 area and extracts cell items from
26527 non-table text and then forms a table out
26528 of them.
26530 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26531 creates a single cell table. The text in
26532 the specified region is placed in that
26533 cell.-*-
26535 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26536 like this.
26538 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26539 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26540 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26542 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26543 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26544 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26545 | area and extracts cell items from |
26546 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26547 | of them. |
26549 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26550 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26551 | the specified region is placed in that |
26552 | cell. |
26553 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26555 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26556 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26557 independently.
26559 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26560 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26561 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26562 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26563 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26564 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26565 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26566 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26567 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26568 | |of them. |
26569 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26570 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26571 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26572 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26573 | |cell. |
26574 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26576 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26577 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26578 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26580 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26582 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26583 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26584 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26585 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26586 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26588 \(fn)" t nil)
26590 ;;;***
26592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26593 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26595 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26596 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26598 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26600 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26601 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26603 \(fn)" t nil)
26605 ;;;***
26607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21503 32807 150781
26608 ;;;;;; 797000))
26609 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26611 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26612 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26613 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26614 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26615 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26616 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26617 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26619 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26620 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26621 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26622 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26624 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26625 \\{tar-mode-map}
26627 \(fn)" t nil)
26629 ;;;***
26631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26634 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26635 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26636 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26637 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26638 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26639 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26641 Variables controlling indentation style:
26642 `tcl-indent-level'
26643 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26644 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26645 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26647 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26648 documentation for details):
26649 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26650 Controls action of TAB key.
26651 `tcl-auto-newline'
26652 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26653 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26654 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26655 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26656 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26658 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26659 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26660 already exist.
26662 \(fn)" t nil)
26664 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26665 Run inferior Tcl process.
26666 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26667 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26669 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26671 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26672 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26673 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26675 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26677 ;;;***
26679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26680 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26682 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26683 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26684 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26685 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26687 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26688 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26689 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26690 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26691 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26693 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26695 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26696 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26697 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26698 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26700 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26702 ;;;***
26704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21554 31287 788939 0))
26705 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26707 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26708 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26709 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26710 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26711 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26712 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26714 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26716 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26717 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26718 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26719 commands to use in that buffer.
26721 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26723 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26725 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26726 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26728 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26730 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26731 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26732 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26733 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26734 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26735 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26736 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26737 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26738 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26739 use in that buffer.
26740 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26742 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26744 ;;;***
26746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21291
26747 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
26748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26750 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26751 Start coverage on function under point.
26753 \(fn)" t nil)
26755 ;;;***
26757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26758 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26759 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26761 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26762 Play the Tetris game.
26763 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26764 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26765 as to form complete rows.
26767 tetris-mode keybindings:
26768 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26769 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26770 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26771 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26772 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26773 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26774 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26775 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26776 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26778 \(fn)" t nil)
26780 ;;;***
26782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21462 12596
26783 ;;;;;; 577539 0))
26784 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26786 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26787 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26789 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26791 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26792 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26793 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26794 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26795 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26797 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26799 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26800 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26801 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26802 if it matches the first line of the file,
26803 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26805 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26807 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26808 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26809 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26810 if the variable is non-nil.")
26812 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26814 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26815 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26817 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26819 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26820 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26821 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26822 See the documentation of that variable.")
26824 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26826 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26827 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26828 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26829 See the documentation of that variable.")
26831 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26833 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26834 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26835 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26836 See the documentation of that variable.")
26838 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26840 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26841 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26842 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26843 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26844 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26846 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26848 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26849 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26850 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26851 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26853 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26855 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26856 User defined LaTeX block names.
26857 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26859 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26861 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26862 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26863 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26864 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26866 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26868 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26869 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26870 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26871 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26873 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26875 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26876 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26877 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26878 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26880 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26881 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26882 for example,
26884 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26885 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26887 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26888 use.")
26890 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26892 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26893 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26894 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26895 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26896 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26898 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26900 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26902 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26903 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26904 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26906 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26908 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26909 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26910 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26911 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26912 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26914 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26916 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26917 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26919 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26921 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26922 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26924 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26926 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26927 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26928 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26929 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26930 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26931 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26932 says which mode to use.
26934 \(fn)" t nil)
26936 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26938 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26940 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26942 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26943 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26944 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26945 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26946 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26948 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26949 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26950 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26951 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26952 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26953 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26954 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26956 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26957 mismatched $'s or braces.
26959 Special commands:
26960 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26962 Mode variables:
26963 tex-run-command
26964 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26965 tex-directory
26966 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26967 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26968 tex-dvi-print-command
26969 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26970 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26971 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26972 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26973 tex-dvi-view-command
26974 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26975 tex-show-queue-command
26976 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26977 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26979 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26980 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26981 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26983 \(fn)" t nil)
26985 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26986 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26987 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26988 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26989 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26991 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26992 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26993 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26994 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26995 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26996 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26997 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26999 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27000 mismatched $'s or braces.
27002 Special commands:
27003 \\{latex-mode-map}
27005 Mode variables:
27006 latex-run-command
27007 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27008 tex-directory
27009 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27010 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27011 tex-dvi-print-command
27012 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27013 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27014 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27015 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27016 tex-dvi-view-command
27017 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27018 tex-show-queue-command
27019 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27020 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27022 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27023 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27024 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27026 \(fn)" t nil)
27028 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27029 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27030 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27031 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27032 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27034 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27035 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27036 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27037 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27038 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27039 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27040 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27042 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27043 mismatched $'s or braces.
27045 Special commands:
27046 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27048 Mode variables:
27049 slitex-run-command
27050 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27051 tex-directory
27052 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27053 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27054 tex-dvi-print-command
27055 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27056 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27057 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27058 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27059 tex-dvi-view-command
27060 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27061 tex-show-queue-command
27062 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27063 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27065 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27066 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27067 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27068 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27070 \(fn)" t nil)
27072 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27075 \(fn)" nil nil)
27077 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27078 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27080 \(fn)" t nil)
27082 ;;;***
27084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21291 53104
27085 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27086 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27088 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27089 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27090 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27091 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27093 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27094 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27095 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27097 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27099 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27100 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27101 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27102 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27103 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27105 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27107 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27108 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27109 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27110 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27112 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27113 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27114 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27115 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27117 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27118 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27120 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27122 ;;;***
27124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21412 6211
27125 ;;;;;; 413773 0))
27126 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27128 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27129 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27131 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27133 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27134 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27136 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27138 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27139 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27141 It has these extra commands:
27142 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27144 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27145 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27146 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27147 modified version of TeX input format.
27149 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27150 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27151 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27152 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27154 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27155 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27156 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27157 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27158 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27159 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27160 in the Texinfo file.
27162 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27163 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27164 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27165 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27166 move forward past the closing brace.
27168 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27169 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27171 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27172 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27173 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27175 Here are the functions:
27177 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27178 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27179 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27181 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27182 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27183 texinfo-master-menu
27185 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27187 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27188 which menu descriptions are indented.
27190 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27191 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27192 in the region.
27194 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27195 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27196 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27197 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27199 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27200 be the first node in the file.
27202 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27203 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27205 \(fn)" t nil)
27207 ;;;***
27209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21291
27210 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
27211 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27213 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27214 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27215 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27216 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27218 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27220 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27221 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27223 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27225 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27226 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27228 \(fn)" t nil)
27230 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27233 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27235 ;;;***
27237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27238 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27240 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27241 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27242 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27243 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27244 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27245 `line', and `page'.
27247 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27249 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27250 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27251 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27252 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27253 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27254 `line', and `page'.
27256 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27257 valid THING.
27259 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27260 positions of the thing found.
27262 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27264 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27265 Return the THING at point.
27266 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27267 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27268 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27269 `line', `number', and `page'.
27271 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27272 strip text properties from the return value.
27274 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27275 a symbol as a valid THING.
27277 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27279 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27280 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27282 \(fn)" nil nil)
27284 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27285 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27287 \(fn)" nil nil)
27289 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27290 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27292 \(fn)" nil nil)
27294 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27295 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27297 \(fn)" nil nil)
27299 ;;;***
27301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27302 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27304 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27305 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27307 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27309 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27310 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27311 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27312 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27314 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27316 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27317 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27319 \(fn)" t nil)
27321 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27322 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27324 \(fn)" t nil)
27326 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27328 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27329 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27331 \(fn)" t nil)
27333 ;;;***
27335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21291
27336 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
27337 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27339 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27340 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27341 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27343 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27345 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27346 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27348 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27350 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27351 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27352 The returned string has no composition information.
27354 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27356 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27357 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27359 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27361 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27362 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27364 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27366 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27367 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27368 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27369 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27371 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27373 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27374 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27375 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27376 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27378 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27380 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27381 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27382 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27384 \(fn)" t nil)
27386 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27387 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27388 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27390 \(fn)" t nil)
27392 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27395 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27397 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27400 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27402 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27405 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27407 ;;;***
27409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21291 53104
27410 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27411 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27412 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27414 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27415 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27416 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27417 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27418 parameters.
27419 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27421 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27423 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27424 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27425 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27426 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27427 parameters.
27428 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27430 \(fn)" t nil)
27432 ;;;***
27434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27435 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27437 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27438 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27440 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27441 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27443 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27444 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27445 This display updates automatically every minute.
27446 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27447 are displayed as well.
27448 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27450 \(fn)" t nil)
27452 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27453 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27454 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27455 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27456 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27457 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27459 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27461 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27462 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27463 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27464 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27465 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27467 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27468 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27469 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27470 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27471 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27475 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27476 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27477 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27478 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27480 \(fn)" t nil)
27482 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27483 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27484 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27485 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27487 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27489 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27490 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27492 \(fn)" t nil)
27494 ;;;***
27496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21291
27497 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
27498 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27500 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27501 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27502 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27504 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27505 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27506 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27507 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27508 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27509 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27511 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27512 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27514 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27516 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27517 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27519 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27521 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27522 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27524 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27526 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27527 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27528 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27530 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27532 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27534 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27535 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27536 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27538 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27540 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27541 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27543 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27545 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27546 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27547 DATE should be a date-time string.
27549 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27551 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27552 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27553 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27555 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27557 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27558 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27560 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27562 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27563 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27565 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27567 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27568 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27569 TIME should be a time value.
27570 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27572 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27574 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27575 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27576 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27578 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27580 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27581 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27582 The valid format specifiers are:
27583 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27584 %d is the number of days.
27585 %h is the number of hours.
27586 %m is the number of minutes.
27587 %s is the number of seconds.
27588 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27589 %% is a literal \"%\".
27591 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27592 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27594 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27595 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27596 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27598 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27599 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27600 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27602 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27604 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27606 ;;;***
27608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21291 53104 0
27609 ;;;;;; 0))
27610 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27611 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27612 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27613 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27614 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27615 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27616 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27617 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27618 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27620 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27621 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27622 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27623 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27624 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27625 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27626 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27627 look like one of the following:
27628 Time-stamp: <>
27629 Time-stamp: \" \"
27630 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27631 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27632 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27633 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27634 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27635 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27636 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27637 the template.
27639 \(fn)" t nil)
27641 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27642 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27643 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27647 ;;;***
27649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21291
27650 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
27651 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27652 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27654 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27655 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27656 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27657 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27658 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27659 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27661 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27663 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27664 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27665 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27666 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27667 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27668 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27669 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27670 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27671 display (non-nil means on).
27673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27675 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27676 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27677 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27678 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27679 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27680 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27681 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27682 this function is called within a day.
27684 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27685 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27686 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27687 discover the name of the project.
27689 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27691 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27692 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27693 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27694 begun during the last time segment.
27696 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27697 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27698 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27699 discover the reason.
27701 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27703 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27704 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27705 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27706 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27707 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27709 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27711 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27712 Change to working on a different project.
27713 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27714 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27715 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27716 working on.
27718 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27720 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27721 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27722 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27724 \(fn)" nil nil)
27726 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27727 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27728 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27730 \(fn)" t nil)
27732 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27733 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27734 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27735 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27736 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27737 \"relative to today\".
27739 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27741 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27742 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27743 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27744 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27746 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27748 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27749 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27750 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27751 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27752 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27753 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27755 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27757 ;;;***
27759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27760 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
27761 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27763 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27764 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27765 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27766 the generated Quail package is saved.
27768 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27770 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27771 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27772 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27773 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27774 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27775 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27776 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27778 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27780 ;;;***
27782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27783 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27784 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27785 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27787 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27788 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27789 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27790 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27791 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27793 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27794 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27795 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27797 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27799 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27800 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27801 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27802 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27803 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27805 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27807 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27808 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27809 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27810 in the menu in two ways:
27811 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27812 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27813 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27815 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27816 keymap or an alist of alists.
27817 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27818 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27820 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27822 ;;;***
27824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21468
27825 ;;;;;; 51404 66554 0))
27826 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27828 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27829 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27831 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27832 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27833 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27834 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27835 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27836 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27837 file was last visited.
27839 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27840 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27841 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27842 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27843 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27844 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27845 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27846 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27847 for the first item.
27849 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27850 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27851 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27852 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27853 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27854 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27855 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27856 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27858 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27859 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27860 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27861 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27862 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27864 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27865 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27867 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27869 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27870 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27872 \\{todo-mode-map}
27874 \(fn)" t nil)
27876 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27877 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27879 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27881 \(fn)" t nil)
27883 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27884 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27886 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27888 \(fn)" t nil)
27890 ;;;***
27892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27893 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27895 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27896 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27897 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27901 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27902 Add an item to the tool bar.
27903 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27904 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27905 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27906 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27908 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27909 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27910 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27911 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27913 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27914 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27916 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27918 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27919 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27920 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27921 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27922 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27923 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27925 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27926 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27927 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27928 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27930 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27932 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27933 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27934 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27935 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27936 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27937 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27938 properties to add to the binding.
27940 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27942 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27943 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27945 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27947 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27948 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27949 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27950 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27951 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27952 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27953 properties to add to the binding.
27955 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27956 holds a keymap.
27958 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27960 ;;;***
27962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27965 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27966 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27967 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27968 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27969 to a tcp server on another machine.
27971 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27973 ;;;***
27975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21291 53104
27976 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27977 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27979 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27980 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27982 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27984 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
27985 Helper function to get internal values.
27986 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
27988 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
27990 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
27991 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
27992 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
27993 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
27995 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
27996 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
27997 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
27998 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
27999 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28001 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28002 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28003 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28004 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28006 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28008 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28010 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28011 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28012 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28013 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28015 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28017 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28019 ;;;***
28021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21389 44725 461529
28022 ;;;;;; 0))
28023 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28025 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28026 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28027 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28029 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28031 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28032 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28034 It can have the following values:
28036 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28037 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28039 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28041 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28042 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28043 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28044 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28046 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28048 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28049 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28050 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28051 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28053 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28054 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28055 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28056 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28057 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28058 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28059 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28060 files which are not really Tramp files.
28062 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28063 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28064 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28065 updated after changing this variable.
28067 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28069 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28070 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28071 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28072 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28074 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28076 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28077 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28078 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28079 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28081 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28082 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28083 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28085 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28086 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28087 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28088 updated after changing this variable.
28090 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28092 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28093 Alist of completion handler functions.
28094 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28095 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28096 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28098 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28099 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28100 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28101 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28103 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28104 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28105 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28107 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28108 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28110 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28111 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28113 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28115 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28118 \(fn)" nil nil)
28120 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28121 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28123 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28125 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28126 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28128 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28130 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28131 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28133 \(fn)" t nil)
28135 ;;;***
28137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21291 53104
28138 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28139 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28141 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28144 \(fn)" nil nil)
28146 ;;;***
28148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21509 42819 588289
28149 ;;;;;; 0))
28150 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28152 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28153 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28154 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28155 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28156 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28157 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28158 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28159 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28161 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28162 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28163 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28165 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28166 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28167 resumed later.
28169 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28171 ;;;***
28173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20352 35897
28174 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28175 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28177 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28180 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28182 ;;;***
28184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21291
28185 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
28186 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28187 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28188 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28189 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28191 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28192 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28193 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28194 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28195 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28196 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28197 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28199 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28201 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28202 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28203 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28204 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28206 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28208 \(fn)" t nil)
28210 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28211 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28212 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28213 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28214 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28215 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28216 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28218 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28219 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28221 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28222 \\___/\\
28223 / \\
28224 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28226 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28228 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28230 ;;;***
28232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21291 53104 0
28233 ;;;;;; 0))
28234 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28236 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28237 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28238 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28239 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28240 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28241 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28243 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28245 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28246 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28247 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28249 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28250 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28251 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28252 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28253 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28254 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28255 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28257 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28258 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28260 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28261 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28262 reset the keystroke counter.
28264 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28265 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28266 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28267 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28269 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28270 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28271 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28272 `type-break-schedule' command.
28274 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28275 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28276 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28277 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28278 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28279 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28280 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28281 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28282 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28284 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28285 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28286 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28287 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28288 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28290 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28291 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28292 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28293 approximate good values for this.
28295 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28296 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28298 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28299 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28300 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28301 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28302 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28303 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28305 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28306 a typing break occur. They include:
28308 `type-break-query-mode'
28309 `type-break-query-function'
28310 `type-break-query-interval'
28312 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28314 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28315 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28316 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28317 problems.
28319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28321 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28322 Take a typing break.
28324 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28325 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28327 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28328 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28330 \(fn)" t nil)
28332 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28333 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28334 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28335 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28337 \(fn)" t nil)
28339 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28340 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28342 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28343 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28344 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28345 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28346 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28347 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28348 average typing speed.)
28350 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28351 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28352 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28353 the computed maximum threshold.
28355 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28356 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28357 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28358 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28359 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28361 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28363 ;;;***
28365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28366 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28368 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28369 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28370 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28371 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28372 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28374 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28376 ;;;***
28378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28379 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
28380 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28382 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28383 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28385 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28387 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28388 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28390 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28392 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28393 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28395 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28397 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28398 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28400 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28402 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28403 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28405 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28407 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28408 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28410 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28412 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28413 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28415 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28417 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28418 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28420 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28422 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28423 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28425 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28427 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28428 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28430 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28432 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28433 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28435 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28437 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28438 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28440 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28442 ;;;***
28444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21291
28445 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
28446 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28448 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28449 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28450 Works by overstriking underscores.
28451 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28452 which specify the range to operate on.
28454 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28456 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28457 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28458 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28459 which specify the range to operate on.
28461 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28463 ;;;***
28465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21291 53104 0
28466 ;;;;;; 0))
28467 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28469 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28470 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28471 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28472 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28473 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28474 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28476 \(fn)" nil nil)
28478 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28479 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28480 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28482 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28484 ;;;***
28486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21291 53104
28487 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28488 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28490 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28491 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28492 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28493 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28495 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28497 ;;;***
28499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21532 4280 979161 0))
28500 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28502 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28503 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28504 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28505 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28506 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28508 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28509 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28510 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28511 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28512 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28513 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28515 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28516 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28517 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28519 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28520 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28521 the callback is not called).
28523 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28524 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28525 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28526 take effect.
28528 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28529 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28530 the server.
28531 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28532 URL-encoded before it's used.
28534 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28536 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28537 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28538 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28539 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28540 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28542 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28544 ;;;***
28546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21291 53104 0
28547 ;;;;;; 0))
28548 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28550 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28551 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28552 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28554 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28555 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28556 `url-generic-parse-url'
28557 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28558 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28559 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28560 realm
28561 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28562 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28563 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28564 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28565 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28566 what type of auth to use
28567 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28568 if one cannot be found in the cache
28570 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28572 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28573 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28575 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28576 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28577 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28578 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28579 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28580 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28581 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28582 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28584 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28586 ;;;***
28588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21291 53104
28589 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28590 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28592 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28593 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28595 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28597 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28598 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28599 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28601 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28603 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28604 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28606 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28608 ;;;***
28610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28611 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28613 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28616 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28618 ;;;***
28620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28621 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28623 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28624 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28625 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28627 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28629 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28630 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28631 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28632 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28634 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28635 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28636 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28637 though.
28639 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28641 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28642 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28643 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28645 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28647 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28650 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28652 ;;;***
28654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21291 53104 0
28655 ;;;;;; 0))
28656 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28658 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28659 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28661 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28663 ;;;***
28665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28666 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28668 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28669 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28671 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28673 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28674 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28675 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28676 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28677 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28679 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28681 ;;;***
28683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21420
28684 ;;;;;; 315 511456 0))
28685 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28687 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28688 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28689 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28690 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28691 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28692 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28694 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28696 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28697 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28698 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28699 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28700 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28704 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28705 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28706 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28707 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28709 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28711 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28712 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28713 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28714 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28715 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28716 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28717 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28718 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28719 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28720 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28722 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28724 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28725 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28726 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28727 accessible.
28729 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28731 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28734 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28736 ;;;***
28738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21574 16579 173517
28739 ;;;;;; 0))
28740 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28741 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28743 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28744 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28745 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28746 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28747 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28749 ;;;***
28751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28752 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28754 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28757 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28759 ;;;***
28761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21291 53104 0
28762 ;;;;;; 0))
28763 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28765 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28766 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28767 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28768 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28769 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28771 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28773 ;;;***
28775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21291 53104
28776 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28777 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28779 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28782 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28784 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28785 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28787 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28789 ;;;***
28791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21291 53104 0
28792 ;;;;;; 0))
28793 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28795 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28796 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28798 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28800 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28801 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28803 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28805 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28808 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28810 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28812 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28814 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28816 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28817 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28819 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28821 ;;;***
28823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21574 16579 173517
28824 ;;;;;; 0))
28825 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28827 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28830 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28832 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28835 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28837 ;;;***
28839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28840 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28842 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28845 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28847 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28850 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28852 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28855 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28857 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28860 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28862 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28865 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28867 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28870 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28872 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28875 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28877 ;;;***
28879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21346 62196
28880 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28881 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28883 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28884 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28886 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28888 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28889 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28890 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28892 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28893 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28894 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28895 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28896 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28897 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28898 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
28899 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
28900 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
28901 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
28902 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
28903 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
28904 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
28905 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
28907 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
28908 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
28909 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
28911 Here is an example. The URL
28913 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
28915 parses to
28917 TYPE = \"foo\"
28918 USER = \"bob\"
28919 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
28920 HOST = \"example.com\"
28921 PORTSPEC = 42
28922 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
28923 TARGET = \"nose\"
28924 ATTRIBUTES = nil
28925 FULLNESS = t
28927 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28929 ;;;***
28931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21291 53104
28932 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28933 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28935 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28936 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28938 \(fn)" t nil)
28940 ;;;***
28942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21291 53104
28943 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28944 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
28946 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
28947 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28948 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
28949 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
28950 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
28951 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
28953 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28955 ;;;***
28957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21291 53104 0
28958 ;;;;;; 0))
28959 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28961 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28962 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28963 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28965 If t, all messages will be logged.
28966 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28967 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28969 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
28971 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
28974 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28976 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
28979 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28981 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
28982 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28983 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28984 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28985 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28986 & ==> &amp;
28987 < ==> &lt;
28988 > ==> &gt;
28989 \" ==> &quot;
28991 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28993 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
28994 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28995 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28997 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28999 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29000 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29001 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29003 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29005 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29006 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29008 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29010 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29011 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29013 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29015 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29016 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29018 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29020 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29023 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29025 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29028 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29030 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29032 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29033 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29035 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29037 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29038 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29040 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29042 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29045 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29047 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29048 Build a query-string.
29050 Given a QUERY in the form:
29051 '((key1 val1)
29052 (key2 val2)
29053 (key3 val1 val2)
29054 (key4)
29055 (key5 \"\"))
29057 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29059 This will return a string
29060 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29061 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29062 be used.
29064 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29066 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29067 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29069 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29071 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29072 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29073 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29074 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29075 forbidden in URL encoding.
29077 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29079 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29080 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29081 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29082 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29083 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29084 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29086 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29087 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29088 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29089 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29091 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29093 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29094 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29095 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29096 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29097 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29098 should return it unchanged.
29100 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29102 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29103 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29104 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29105 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29107 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29109 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29110 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29111 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29113 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29115 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29116 View the current document's URL.
29117 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29118 the minibuffer.
29120 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29122 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29124 ;;;***
29126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29127 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29129 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29130 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29131 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29132 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29133 to refrain from editing the file
29134 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29135 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29136 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29137 in any way you like.
29139 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29141 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29142 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29143 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29144 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29145 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29147 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29148 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29150 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29152 ;;;***
29154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21291 53104
29155 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29156 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29158 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29161 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29163 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29166 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29168 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29171 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29173 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29176 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29178 ;;;***
29180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29183 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29184 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29186 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29188 ;;;***
29190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21291 53104
29191 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29194 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29195 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29196 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29197 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29199 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29201 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29202 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29203 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29205 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29207 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29208 Uudecode region between START and END.
29209 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29211 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29213 ;;;***
29215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29216 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29218 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29219 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29220 See `run-hooks'.")
29222 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29224 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29225 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29226 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29228 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29230 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29231 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29232 See `run-hooks'.")
29234 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29236 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29237 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29238 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29239 same state. If not, signal an error.
29241 For merging-based version control systems:
29242 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29243 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29244 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29245 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29246 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29247 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29249 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29250 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29251 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29252 the file(s) for editing.
29253 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29254 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29255 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29256 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29257 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29258 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29260 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29262 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29263 Register into a version control system.
29264 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29265 Otherwise register the current file.
29266 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29267 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29269 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29270 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29271 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29272 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29273 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29274 first backend that could register the file is used.
29276 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29278 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29279 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29281 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29283 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29284 Display diffs between file revisions.
29285 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29286 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29287 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29289 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29290 saving the buffer.
29292 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29294 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29295 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29296 repository history using ediff.
29298 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29300 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29301 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29302 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29303 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29304 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29306 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29307 saving the buffer.
29309 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29311 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29312 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29313 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29314 fileset with the working revision.
29315 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29316 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29318 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29319 saving the buffer.
29321 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29323 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29324 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29325 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29326 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29328 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29330 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29331 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29332 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29333 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29335 \(fn)" t nil)
29337 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29338 Perform a version control merge operation.
29339 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29340 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29341 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29342 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29344 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29345 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29346 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29347 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29348 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29349 changes from the current branch.
29351 \(fn)" t nil)
29353 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29355 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29356 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29357 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29358 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29359 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29360 checked out in that new branch.
29362 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29364 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29365 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29366 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29367 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29368 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29369 allowed and simply skipped).
29371 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29373 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29374 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29375 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29376 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29377 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29379 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29380 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29382 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29384 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29385 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29386 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29387 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29388 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29390 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29392 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29393 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29394 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29396 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29398 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29399 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29400 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29402 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29404 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29405 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29406 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29407 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29409 \(fn)" t nil)
29411 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29412 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29413 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29414 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29416 \(fn)" t nil)
29418 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29420 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29421 Update the current fileset or branch.
29422 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29423 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29424 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29425 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29427 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29428 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29429 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29430 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29431 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29435 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29437 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29438 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29439 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29440 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29441 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29442 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29443 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29445 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29447 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29448 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29449 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29450 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29451 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29452 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29453 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29454 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29455 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29457 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29459 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29460 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29461 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29462 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29464 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29466 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29467 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29468 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29469 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29471 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29473 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29474 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29475 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29476 directory.
29478 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29480 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29481 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29482 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29484 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29485 log entries should be gathered.
29487 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29489 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29490 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29492 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29494 ;;;***
29496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21291 53104
29497 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29498 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29500 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29501 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29503 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29504 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29505 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29506 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29507 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29508 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29510 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29511 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29512 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29513 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29514 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29515 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29516 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29517 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29519 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29521 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29523 Customization variables:
29525 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29526 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29527 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29528 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29530 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29532 ;;;***
29534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29535 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29536 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29537 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29538 (progn
29539 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29540 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29542 ;;;***
29544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29545 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29547 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29548 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29550 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29551 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29552 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29553 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29554 (progn
29555 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29556 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29558 ;;;***
29560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29561 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29562 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29563 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29564 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29565 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29566 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29567 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29569 ;;;***
29571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21514 60739 675589
29572 ;;;;;; 0))
29573 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29575 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29576 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29577 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29578 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29579 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29581 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29582 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29583 The file lines appear later.
29585 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29586 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29588 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29590 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29592 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29594 ;;;***
29596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21444
29597 ;;;;;; 12002 871574 911000))
29598 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29600 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29601 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29602 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29603 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29604 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29605 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29606 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29607 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29608 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29609 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29610 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29611 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29612 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29613 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29614 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29616 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29618 ;;;***
29620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21425 18234 73199
29621 ;;;;;; 0))
29622 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29623 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29624 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29625 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29626 (progn
29627 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29628 (vc-git-registered file))))
29630 ;;;***
29632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21574 16579 173517 0))
29633 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29634 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29635 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29636 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29637 (progn
29638 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29639 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29641 ;;;***
29643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29644 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29646 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29647 Name of the monotone directory.")
29649 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29650 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29651 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29652 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29653 (progn
29654 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29655 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29657 ;;;***
29659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21372 35662 356409
29660 ;;;;;; 0))
29661 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29663 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29664 Where to look for RCS master files.
29665 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29667 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29669 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29671 ;;;***
29673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29674 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29676 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29677 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29678 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29680 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29682 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29684 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29685 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29686 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29687 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29689 ;;;***
29691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21551 55091 744410
29692 ;;;;;; 0))
29693 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29694 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29695 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29696 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29697 "_svn")
29698 (t ".svn"))))
29699 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29700 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29701 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29703 ;;;***
29705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21291
29706 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
29707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29708 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29709 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29711 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29712 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29714 Usage:
29715 ------
29717 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29718 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29719 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29720 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29722 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29723 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29724 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29725 completions.
29727 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29728 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29730 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29731 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29733 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29734 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29735 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29737 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29740 Maintenance:
29741 ------------
29743 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29744 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29746 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29748 Official distribution is at
29749 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29752 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29753 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29755 Key bindings:
29756 -------------
29758 \\{vera-mode-map}
29760 \(fn)" t nil)
29762 ;;;***
29764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29765 ;;;;;; (21346 62196 0 0))
29766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29768 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29769 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29770 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29771 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29772 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29774 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29776 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29777 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29779 Supports highlighting.
29781 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29782 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29784 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29786 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29787 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29788 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29789 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29790 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29791 on the left side of your screen.
29792 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29793 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29794 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29795 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29796 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29797 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29798 function keyword.
29799 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29800 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29801 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29802 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29803 if (a)
29804 begin
29805 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29806 Indentation for case statements.
29807 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29808 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29809 mark after an end.
29810 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29811 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29812 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29813 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29814 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29815 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29816 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29817 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29818 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29819 if (a)
29820 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29821 otherwise you get:
29822 if (a)
29823 begin
29824 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29825 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29826 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29827 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29828 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29829 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29830 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29831 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29832 comments in tight quarters.
29833 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29834 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29836 Variables controlling other actions:
29838 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29839 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29840 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29842 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29844 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29846 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29847 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29848 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29850 Some other functions are:
29852 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29853 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29854 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29855 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29856 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29858 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29859 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29860 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29861 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29863 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29864 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29865 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29866 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29867 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29868 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29869 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29870 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29871 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29872 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29873 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29874 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29875 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29876 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29877 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29878 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29879 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29880 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29881 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29882 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29883 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29884 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29885 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29886 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29887 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29888 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29889 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29890 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29891 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29892 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29893 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29895 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29896 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29898 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29900 \(fn)" t nil)
29902 ;;;***
29904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21587
29905 ;;;;;; 28603 874778 0))
29906 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29908 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29909 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29911 Usage:
29912 ------
29914 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29915 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29916 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29917 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29918 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29919 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29920 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29921 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29922 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
29924 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29925 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29926 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29927 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29929 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29930 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29931 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29932 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29933 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29935 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29936 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29939 HEADER INSERTION:
29940 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29941 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29942 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29945 STUTTERING:
29946 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29947 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29948 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29949 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29951 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29952 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29953 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29954 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29955 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29958 WORD COMPLETION:
29959 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29960 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29961 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29962 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29964 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29965 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29966 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29967 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29968 beginning with \"std\").
29970 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29971 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29972 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29973 stop.
29976 COMMENTS:
29977 `--' puts a single comment.
29978 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29979 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29980 with a comment in between.
29981 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29982 out following lines.
29983 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29984 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
29985 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
29986 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
29988 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29989 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29990 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29991 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29992 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29993 non-nil.
29995 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29996 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29997 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29998 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29999 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30000 multi-line comments.
30003 INDENTATION:
30004 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30005 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30006 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30007 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30008 the entire region.
30010 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30011 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30012 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30013 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30015 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30016 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30017 and vice versa.
30019 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30020 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30022 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30023 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30024 line.
30027 ALIGNMENT:
30028 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30029 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30030 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30031 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30032 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30033 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30034 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30035 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30037 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30038 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30039 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30040 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30041 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30042 is non-nil.
30044 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30045 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30046 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30048 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30049 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30052 CODE FILLING:
30053 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30054 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30055 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30056 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30057 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30058 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30061 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30062 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30063 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30064 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30065 command:
30067 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30070 PORT TRANSLATION:
30071 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30072 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30073 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30074 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30075 internal signal initializations (menu).
30077 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30078 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30079 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30081 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30082 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30083 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30084 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30085 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30086 in subsequent paste operations.)
30088 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30089 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30090 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30093 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30094 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30095 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30096 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30097 association list with formals).
30100 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30101 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30102 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30103 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30104 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30105 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30106 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30107 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30108 `vhdl-testbench'.
30111 KEY BINDINGS:
30112 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30115 VHDL MENU:
30116 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30119 FILE BROWSER:
30120 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30121 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30122 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30124 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30125 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30128 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30129 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30130 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30131 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30133 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30134 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30135 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30137 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30138 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30139 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30140 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30142 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30143 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30144 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30145 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30146 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30148 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30149 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30150 required by secondary units.
30153 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30154 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30155 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30156 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30157 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30158 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30159 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30160 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30161 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30162 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30163 inputs to this component -> input port created
30164 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30165 outputs from this component -> output port created
30166 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30167 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30169 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30170 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30171 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30172 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30173 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30175 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30176 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30178 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30179 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30180 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30181 component instantiation is also supported (option
30182 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30184 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30185 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30186 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30187 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30188 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30189 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30190 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30191 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30192 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30193 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30194 generating the configuration.
30196 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30197 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30198 configurations in speedbar.
30200 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30203 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30204 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30205 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30206 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30207 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30208 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30209 information. New compilers can be added.
30211 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30212 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30215 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30216 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30217 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30218 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30219 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30221 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30222 command:
30224 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30225 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30226 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30228 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30229 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30230 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30231 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30232 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30233 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30234 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30235 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30236 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30238 Limitations:
30239 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30240 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30241 not (yet) supported.
30242 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30243 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30244 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30247 PROJECTS:
30248 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30249 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30250 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30251 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30252 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30253 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30254 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30255 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30257 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30258 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30259 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30260 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30261 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30262 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30263 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30264 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30265 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30266 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30267 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30270 SPECIAL MENUES:
30271 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30272 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30273 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30274 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30275 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30276 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30277 current directory for VHDL source files.
30280 VHDL STANDARDS:
30281 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30282 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30285 KEYWORD CASE:
30286 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30287 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30288 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30289 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30290 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30291 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30292 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30293 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30296 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30297 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30298 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30299 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30300 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30301 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30302 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30304 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30305 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30306 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30307 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30308 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30309 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30311 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30312 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30313 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30314 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30315 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30316 visually.
30318 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30319 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30320 highlighted if written in lower case.
30322 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30323 highlighted using a different background color if option
30324 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30326 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30327 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30328 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30329 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30330 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30333 USER MODELS:
30334 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30335 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30336 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30339 HIDE/SHOW:
30340 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30341 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30342 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30343 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30344 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30347 CODE UPDATING:
30348 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30349 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30350 Limitations:
30351 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30352 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30353 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30354 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30355 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30356 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30357 (used to obtain the port names).
30358 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30359 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30360 sensitivity lists.
30363 CODE FIXING:
30364 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30365 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30368 PRINTING:
30369 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30370 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30371 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30372 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30373 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30374 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30375 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30376 printers.
30379 OPTIONS:
30380 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30381 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30382 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30383 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30384 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30386 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30387 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30388 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30389 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30390 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30391 INSTALL file).
30393 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30394 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30397 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30398 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30399 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30400 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30402 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30405 HINTS:
30406 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30407 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30409 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30411 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30413 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30416 RELEASE NOTES:
30417 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30420 Maintenance:
30421 ------------
30423 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30424 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30426 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30428 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30429 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30430 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30431 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30433 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30434 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30435 where the latest version can be found.
30438 Known problems:
30439 ---------------
30441 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30442 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30443 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30444 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30447 The VHDL Mode Authors
30448 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30450 Key bindings:
30451 -------------
30453 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30455 \(fn)" t nil)
30457 ;;;***
30459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21291
30460 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
30461 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30463 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30464 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30466 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30468 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30469 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30470 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30471 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30473 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30475 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30476 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30478 \(fn)" t nil)
30480 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30481 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30482 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30483 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30485 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30487 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30488 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30490 \(fn)" t nil)
30492 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30495 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30497 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30500 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30502 ;;;***
30504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21452 63160 995987 0))
30505 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30507 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30508 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30509 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30511 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30513 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30514 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30515 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30516 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30518 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30520 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30521 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30523 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30525 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30526 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30527 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30528 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30529 moving around in the buffer.
30530 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30531 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30533 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30535 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30537 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30538 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30539 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30540 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30542 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30543 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30544 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30545 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30546 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30548 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30550 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30552 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30553 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30554 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30555 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30556 buffer.
30558 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30559 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30560 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30561 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30562 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30564 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30566 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30568 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30569 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30570 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30571 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30572 moving around in the buffer.
30573 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30574 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30576 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30578 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30579 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30580 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30582 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30583 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30584 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30585 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30587 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30588 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30589 own View-like bindings.
30591 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30593 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30594 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30595 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30596 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30597 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30598 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30599 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30601 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30603 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30605 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30606 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30607 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30609 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30610 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30611 own View-like bindings.
30613 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30615 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30616 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30617 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30618 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30619 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30620 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30621 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30623 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30625 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30627 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30628 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30629 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30631 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30632 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30633 own View-like bindings.
30635 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30637 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30638 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30639 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30640 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30641 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30643 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30644 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30645 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30646 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30648 \\<view-mode-map>
30650 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30651 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30652 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30653 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30654 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30655 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30656 to a repeat count of one.
30658 H, h, ? This message.
30659 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30660 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30661 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30662 > move to the end of buffer.
30663 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30664 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30665 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30666 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30667 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30668 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30669 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30670 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30671 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30672 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30673 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30674 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30675 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30676 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30677 Use this to view a changing file.
30678 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30679 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30680 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30681 . set the mark.
30682 x exchanges point and mark.
30683 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30684 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30685 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30686 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30687 ' go to position saved in character register.
30688 s do forward incremental search.
30689 r do reverse incremental search.
30690 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30691 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30692 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30693 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30694 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30695 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30696 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30697 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30698 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30699 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30700 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30701 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30702 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30703 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30704 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30705 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30706 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30708 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30709 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30710 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30711 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30712 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30713 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30714 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30715 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30716 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30718 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30722 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30723 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30724 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30725 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30726 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30727 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30728 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30729 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30730 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30732 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30734 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30736 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30737 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30738 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30739 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30740 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30741 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30743 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30744 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30745 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30747 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30749 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30751 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30753 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30754 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30756 \(fn)" t nil)
30758 ;;;***
30760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21574 16579 173517
30761 ;;;;;; 0))
30762 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30763 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30765 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30766 Toggle Viper on/off.
30767 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30769 \(fn)" t nil)
30771 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30772 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30774 \(fn)" t nil)
30776 ;;;***
30778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21291
30779 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
30780 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30782 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30783 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30784 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30785 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30786 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30787 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30788 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30789 the beginning of the warning.")
30791 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30792 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30793 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30794 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30795 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30796 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30797 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30798 also call that function before the next warning.")
30800 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30801 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30803 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30804 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30805 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30806 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30808 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30809 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30810 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30811 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30812 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30813 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30815 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30816 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30817 Default is :warning.
30819 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30820 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30821 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30822 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30823 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30824 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30826 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30827 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30828 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30830 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30832 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30833 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30835 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30837 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30838 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30839 \\<special-mode-map>
30840 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30841 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30843 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30844 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30845 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30846 can be whatever you like.)
30848 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30849 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30851 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30852 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30853 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30854 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30855 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30857 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30859 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30860 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30861 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30862 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30863 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30865 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30867 ;;;***
30869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
30870 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30871 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
30873 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30874 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30875 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30876 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30877 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30878 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30879 directories to reflect your edits.
30881 See `wdired-mode'.
30883 \(fn)" t nil)
30885 ;;;***
30887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
30888 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30890 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30891 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30893 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30894 hotlist.
30896 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30897 <nwv@acm.org>.
30899 \(fn)" t nil)
30901 ;;;***
30903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21291
30904 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
30905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30906 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30907 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30909 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
30911 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30912 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30913 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30914 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30915 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30916 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30918 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30920 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30921 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
30922 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
30923 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30924 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30926 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
30927 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
30928 in certain major modes.
30930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30932 ;;;***
30934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21291 53104 0
30935 ;;;;;; 0))
30936 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30937 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
30939 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30940 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
30941 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
30942 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30943 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30945 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30946 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30950 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30951 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
30952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
30953 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
30954 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30956 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30957 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
30958 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
30959 use `whitespace-mode'.
30961 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30965 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
30966 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
30967 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30969 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30970 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
30972 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
30974 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30975 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
30976 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
30977 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
30978 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
30980 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30981 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30985 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
30986 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
30987 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30988 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30989 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30990 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
30992 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
30994 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30995 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
30996 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
30997 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
30998 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31000 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31001 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31002 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31003 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31005 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31009 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31010 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31012 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31013 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31015 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31016 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31018 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31020 CHAR MEANING
31021 (VIA FACES)
31022 f toggle face visualization
31023 t toggle TAB visualization
31024 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31025 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31026 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31027 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31028 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31029 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31030 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31031 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31032 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31033 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31034 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31035 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31036 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31037 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31038 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31040 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31041 T toggle TAB visualization
31042 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31043 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31045 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31046 ? display brief help
31048 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31049 The valid symbols are:
31051 face toggle face visualization
31052 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31053 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31054 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31055 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31056 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31057 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31058 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31059 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31060 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31061 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31062 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31063 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31064 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31065 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31066 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31067 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31069 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31070 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31071 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31073 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31075 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31077 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31079 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31080 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31082 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31083 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31085 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31086 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31088 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31090 CHAR MEANING
31091 (VIA FACES)
31092 f toggle face visualization
31093 t toggle TAB visualization
31094 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31095 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31096 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31097 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31098 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31099 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31100 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31101 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31102 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31103 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31104 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31105 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31106 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31107 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31108 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31110 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31111 T toggle TAB visualization
31112 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31113 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31115 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31116 ? display brief help
31118 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31119 The valid symbols are:
31121 face toggle face visualization
31122 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31123 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31124 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31125 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31126 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31127 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31128 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31129 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31130 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31131 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31132 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31133 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31134 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31135 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31136 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31137 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31139 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31140 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31141 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31143 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31145 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31147 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31149 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31150 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31152 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31153 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31154 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31155 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31156 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31158 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31160 The problems cleaned up are:
31162 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31163 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31164 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31165 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31167 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31168 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31169 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31170 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31171 SPACEs.
31172 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31173 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31174 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31175 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31177 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31178 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31179 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31180 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31181 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31182 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31183 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31184 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31186 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31187 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31188 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31190 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31191 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31192 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31193 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31194 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31195 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31196 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31197 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31199 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31200 documentation.
31202 \(fn)" t nil)
31204 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31205 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31207 The problems cleaned up are:
31209 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31210 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31211 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31212 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31213 SPACEs.
31214 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31215 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31216 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31217 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31219 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31220 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31221 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31222 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31223 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31224 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31225 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31226 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31228 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31229 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31230 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31232 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31233 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31234 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31235 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31236 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31237 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31238 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31239 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31241 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31242 documentation.
31244 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31246 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31247 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31249 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31250 non-nil.
31252 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31253 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31254 `whitespace-style' to have:
31256 empty
31257 trailing
31258 indentation
31259 space-before-tab
31260 space-after-tab
31262 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31263 whitespace problems in buffer.
31265 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31267 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31268 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31269 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31270 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31271 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31272 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31273 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31275 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31276 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31277 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31278 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31279 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31280 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31281 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31283 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31284 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31285 cleaning up these problems.
31287 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31289 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31290 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31292 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31293 non-nil.
31295 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31296 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31297 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31299 empty
31300 indentation
31301 space-before-tab
31302 trailing
31303 space-after-tab
31305 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31306 whitespace problems in buffer.
31308 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31310 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31311 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31312 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31313 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31314 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31315 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31316 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31318 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31319 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31320 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31321 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31322 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31323 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31324 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31326 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31327 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31328 cleaning up these problems.
31330 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31332 ;;;***
31334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21291 53104 0
31335 ;;;;;; 0))
31336 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31338 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31339 Browse the widget under point.
31341 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31343 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31344 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31346 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31348 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31349 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31351 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31353 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31354 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31355 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31356 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31357 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31361 ;;;***
31363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31364 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31366 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31367 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31369 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31371 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31372 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31373 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31375 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31377 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31378 Create widget of TYPE.
31379 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31381 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31383 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31384 Delete WIDGET.
31386 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31388 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31389 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31391 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31393 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31394 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31395 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31396 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31398 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31399 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31401 \(fn)" nil nil)
31403 ;;;***
31405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31406 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31408 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31409 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31410 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31411 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31412 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31413 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31414 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31418 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31419 Select the window above the current one.
31420 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31421 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31422 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31423 negative ARG) of the current window.
31424 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31428 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31429 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31430 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31431 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31432 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31433 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31434 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31438 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31439 Select the window below the current one.
31440 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31441 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31442 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31443 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31444 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31448 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31449 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31450 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31451 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31453 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31455 ;;;***
31457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31458 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31460 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31461 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31462 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31463 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31464 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31465 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31467 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31469 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31470 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31471 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31472 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31473 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31474 \\{winner-mode-map}
31476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31478 ;;;***
31480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31481 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31482 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31484 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31485 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31486 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31487 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31488 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31490 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31492 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31493 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31494 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31495 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31496 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31497 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31498 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31499 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31501 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31502 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31504 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31506 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31507 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31509 \(fn)" t nil)
31511 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31512 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31513 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31514 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31515 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31516 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31517 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31518 `woman' command for further details.
31520 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31522 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31523 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31525 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31527 ;;;***
31529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31530 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31532 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31533 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31534 Return the top node with all its children.
31535 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31537 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31538 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31539 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31541 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31543 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31544 namespace to URIs instead.
31546 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31547 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31549 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31551 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31553 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31555 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31556 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31557 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31558 not contain well-formed XML.
31560 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31561 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31562 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31563 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31564 element of the list.
31565 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31566 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31567 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31569 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31571 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31572 namespace to URIs instead.
31574 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31575 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31577 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31579 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31581 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31583 ;;;***
31585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
31586 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31588 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31589 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31590 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31591 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31592 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31593 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31594 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31595 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31596 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31597 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31599 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31601 ;;;***
31603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21410 50877 492638
31604 ;;;;;; 0))
31605 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31607 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31608 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31609 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31610 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31611 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31612 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31614 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31616 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31617 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31618 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31619 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31620 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31622 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31623 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31624 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31625 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31626 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31627 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31631 ;;;***
31633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31634 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31636 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31637 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31639 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31641 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31642 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31644 \(fn)" nil nil)
31646 ;;;***
31648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31649 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31651 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31652 Zone out, completely.
31654 \(fn)" t nil)
31656 ;;;***
31658 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31659 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31660 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31661 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31662 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31663 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31664 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31665 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31666 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31667 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31668 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31669 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31670 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31671 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31672 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31673 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31674 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31675 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31676 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31677 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31678 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31679 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31680 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31681 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
31682 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31683 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31684 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31685 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31686 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31687 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31688 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31689 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31690 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31691 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31692 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31693 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31694 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31695 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31696 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31697 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31698 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31699 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31700 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31701 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31702 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31703 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31704 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31705 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31706 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31707 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31708 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31709 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31710 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31711 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31712 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31713 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31714 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31715 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31716 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31717 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31718 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31719 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31720 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31721 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31722 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31723 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31724 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31725 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31726 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31727 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31728 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31729 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31730 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
31731 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
31732 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
31733 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31734 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31735 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31736 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
31737 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31738 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31739 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
31740 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31741 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31742 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31743 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31744 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31745 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31746 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31747 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31748 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31749 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31750 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31751 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31752 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31753 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31754 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31755 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
31756 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31757 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31758 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31759 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
31760 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
31761 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
31762 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31763 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31764 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31765 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31766 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31767 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31768 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
31769 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
31770 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
31771 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
31772 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
31773 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
31774 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31775 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31776 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21588 49521 125399
31876 ;;;;;; 605000))
31878 ;;;***
31880 (provide 'loaddefs)
31881 ;; Local Variables:
31882 ;; version-control: never
31883 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31884 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31885 ;; coding: utf-8
31886 ;; End:
31887 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here